db/pgbackrest
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/pgbackrest/pgbackrest.git synced 2024-12-14 10:13:05 +02:00
Code Issues Releases Activity
4125f726a8
pgbackrest/test/code-count/file-type.yaml

Ignoring revisions in .git-blame-ignore-revs. Click here to bypass and see the normal blame view.

3257 lines
47 KiB
YAML
Raw Normal View History

Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
# File types for source files in the project
doc/doc.pl:
class: doc/core
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Common/Doc.pm:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: doc/core
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Common/DocConfig.pm:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: doc/core
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Common/DocExecute.pm:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: doc/core
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Common/DocManifest.pm:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: doc/core
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Common/DocRender.pm:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: doc/core
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Common/Exception.pm:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: doc/core
type: perl
v2.51: Meson Build System NOTE TO PACKAGERS: The build system for pgBackRest is now meson. The autoconf/make build will not receive any new features and will be removed after a few releases. Bug Fixes: * Skip zero-length files for block incremental delta restore. (Reviewed by Sebastian Krause, René Højbjerg Larsen. Reported by Sebastian Krause.) * Fix performance regression in storage list. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Maksym Boguk.) * Fix progress logging when file size changes during backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by samkingno.) Improvements: * Improved support for dual stack connections. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Timothée Peignier.) * Make meson the primary build system. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Detect files that have not changed during non-delta incremental backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Prevent invalid recovery when backup_label removed. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve archive-push WAL segment queue handling. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Limit resume functionality to full backups. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * Update resume functionality for block incremental. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Allow --version and --help for version and help. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane. Suggested by Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Add detailed backtrace to autoconf/make build. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) Documentation Improvements: * Update references to recovery.conf. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2024-03-24 22:53:22 +02:00
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Common/Host.pm:
class: doc/core
type: perl
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Common/HostGroup.pm:
class: doc/core
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Common/Ini.pm:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: doc/core
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Common/Log.pm:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: doc/core
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Common/String.pm:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: doc/core
type: perl
Migrate command-line help generation to C. Command-line help is now generated at build time so it does not need to be committed. This reduces churn on commits that add configuration and/or update the help. Since churn is no longer an issue, help.auto.c is bzip2 compressed to save space in the binary. The Perl config parser (Data.pm) has been moved to doc/lib since the Perl build path is no longer required. Likewise doc/xml/reference.xml has been moved to src/build/help/help.xml since it is required at build time.
2021-09-09 00:16:06 +02:00
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Custom/DocConfigData.pm:
class: doc/core
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Custom/DocCustomRelease.pm:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: doc/core
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Html/DocHtmlBuilder.pm:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: doc/core
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Html/DocHtmlElement.pm:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: doc/core
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Html/DocHtmlPage.pm:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: doc/core
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Html/DocHtmlSite.pm:
class: doc/core
type: perl
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Latex/DocLatex.pm:
class: doc/core
type: perl
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Latex/DocLatexSection.pm:
class: doc/core
type: perl
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Markdown/DocMarkdown.pm:
class: doc/core
type: perl
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/Markdown/DocMarkdownRender.pm:
class: doc/core
type: perl
doc/lib/pgBackRestDoc/ProjectInfo.pm:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: doc/core
type: perl
doc/manifest.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/release.pl:
class: doc/core
type: perl
doc/resource/html/default.css:
class: doc/core
type: css
doc/resource/latex/preamble.tex:
class: doc/core
type: latex
v2.49: Remove PostgreSQL 9.3 Support Bug Fixes: * Fix regression in retries. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Norman Adkins, Tanel Suurhans, Jordan English, Timothée Peignier.) * Fix recursive path remove in SFTP storage driver. (Fixed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Luc.) Improvements: * Remove support for PostgreSQL 9.3. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) Documentation Features: * Document maintainer options. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Update point-in-time recovery documentation for PostgreSQL >= 13. Test Suite Improvements: * Allow config/load unit test to run without libssh2 installed. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Wu Ning.)
2023-11-27 13:55:56 +02:00
doc/src/build/config/config.yaml:
class: doc/core
type: yaml
doc/src/build/help/help.xml:
class: doc/core
type: xml
doc/src/command/build/build.c:
class: doc/core
type: c
doc/src/command/build/build.h:
class: doc/core
type: c/h
v2.51: Meson Build System NOTE TO PACKAGERS: The build system for pgBackRest is now meson. The autoconf/make build will not receive any new features and will be removed after a few releases. Bug Fixes: * Skip zero-length files for block incremental delta restore. (Reviewed by Sebastian Krause, René Højbjerg Larsen. Reported by Sebastian Krause.) * Fix performance regression in storage list. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Maksym Boguk.) * Fix progress logging when file size changes during backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by samkingno.) Improvements: * Improved support for dual stack connections. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Timothée Peignier.) * Make meson the primary build system. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Detect files that have not changed during non-delta incremental backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Prevent invalid recovery when backup_label removed. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve archive-push WAL segment queue handling. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Limit resume functionality to full backups. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * Update resume functionality for block incremental. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Allow --version and --help for version and help. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane. Suggested by Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Add detailed backtrace to autoconf/make build. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) Documentation Improvements: * Update references to recovery.conf. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2024-03-24 22:53:22 +02:00
doc/src/command/build/man.c:
class: doc/core
type: c
doc/src/command/build/man.h:
class: doc/core
type: c/h
v2.49: Remove PostgreSQL 9.3 Support Bug Fixes: * Fix regression in retries. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Norman Adkins, Tanel Suurhans, Jordan English, Timothée Peignier.) * Fix recursive path remove in SFTP storage driver. (Fixed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Luc.) Improvements: * Remove support for PostgreSQL 9.3. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) Documentation Features: * Document maintainer options. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Update point-in-time recovery documentation for PostgreSQL >= 13. Test Suite Improvements: * Allow config/load unit test to run without libssh2 installed. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Wu Ning.)
2023-11-27 13:55:56 +02:00
doc/src/command/build/reference.c:
class: doc/core
type: c
doc/src/command/build/reference.h:
class: doc/core
type: c/h
doc/src/command/help/meson.build:
class: doc/core
type: meson
doc/src/config/load.c:
class: doc/core
type: c
doc/src/config/load.h:
class: doc/core
type: c/h
doc/src/config/meson.build:
class: doc/core
type: meson
doc/src/main.c:
class: doc/core
type: c
doc/src/meson.build:
class: doc/core
type: meson
v2.14: Bug Fix and Improvements Bug Fixes: * Fix segfault when process-max > 8 for archive-push/archive-get. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Improvements: * Bypass database checks when stanza-delete issued with force. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by hatifnatt.) * Add configure script for improved multi-platform support. Documentation Features: * Add user guides for CentOS/RHEL 6/7.
2019-05-20 17:51:58 +02:00
doc/xml/auto/metric-coverage-report.auto.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
doc/xml/coding.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
v2.19: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fix remote timeout in delta restore. When performing a delta restore on a largely unchanged cluster the remote could timeout if no files were fetched from the repository within protocol-timeout. Add keep-alives to prevent remote timeout. (Reported by James Sewell, Jens Wilke.) * Fix handling of repeated HTTP headers. When HTTP headers are repeated they should be considered equivalent to a single comma-separated header rather than generating an error, which was the prior behavior. (Reported by donicrosby.) Improvements: * JSON output from the info command is no longer pretty-printed. Monitoring systems can more easily ingest the JSON without linefeeds. External tools such as jq can be used to pretty-print if desired. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Document how to contribute to pgBackRest. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Document maximum version for auto-stop option. (Contributed by Brad Nicholson.) Test Suite Improvements: * Fix container test path being used when --vm=none. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Fix mismatched timezone in expect test. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Don't autogenerate embedded libc code by default. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2019-11-12 22:51:28 +02:00
doc/xml/contributing.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
doc/xml/documentation.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
doc/xml/dtd/doc.dtd:
class: doc/source
type: dtd
doc/xml/dtd/manifest.dtd:
class: doc/source
type: dtd
v2.15: C Implementation of Expire Bug Fixes: * Fix archive retention expiring too aggressively. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Mohamad El-Rifai.) Improvements: * The expire command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The local command for restore is implemented entirely in C. * Remove hard-coded PostgreSQL user so $PGUSER works. (Suggested by Julian Zhang, Janis Puris.) * Honor configure --prefix option. (Suggested by Daniel Westermann.) * Rename repo-s3-verify-ssl option to repo-s3-verify-tls. The new name is preferred because pgBackRest does not support any SSL protocol versions (they are all considered to be insecure). The old name will continue to be accepted. Documentation Improvements: * Add FAQ to the documentation. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Use wal_level=replica in the documentation for PostgreSQL ≥ 9.6. (Suggested by Patrick McLaughlin.)
2019-06-25 14:29:06 +02:00
doc/xml/faq.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
doc/xml/index.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
v2.14: Bug Fix and Improvements Bug Fixes: * Fix segfault when process-max > 8 for archive-push/archive-get. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Improvements: * Bypass database checks when stanza-delete issued with force. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by hatifnatt.) * Add configure script for improved multi-platform support. Documentation Features: * Add user guides for CentOS/RHEL 6/7.
2019-05-20 17:51:58 +02:00
doc/xml/metric.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
doc/xml/release.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
v2.48: Repository Storage Tags Bug Fixes: * Fix issue restoring block incremental without a block list. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Burak Yurdakul. Reported by Burak Yurdakul.) Features: * Add --repo-storage-tag option to create object tags. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot, Timothée Peignier.) * Add known hosts checking for SFTP storage driver. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * Support for dual stack connections. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Add backup size completed/total to info command JSON output. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) Improvements: * Multi-stanza check command. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Retry reads of pg_control until checksum is valid. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Stephen Frost.) * Optimize WAL segment check after successful backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve GCS multi-part performance. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) * Allow archive-get command to run when stanza is stopped. (Reviewed by Tom Swartz, David Christensen, Reid Thompson.) * Accept leading tilde in paths for SFTP public/private keys. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Reload GCS credentials before renewing authentication token. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Daniel Farina.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix configuration reference example for the tls-server-address option. (Fixed by Hartmut Goebel. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix command reference example for the filter option. Test Suite Improvements: * Allow storage/sftp unit test to run without libssh2 installed. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Wu Ning.)
2023-09-25 15:32:15 +02:00
doc/xml/release/2014/0.10.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2014/0.11.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2014/0.15.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2014/0.16.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2014/0.17.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2014/0.18.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2014/0.19.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2014/0.30.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2015/0.50.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2015/0.60.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2015/0.61.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2015/0.65.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2015/0.70.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2015/0.75.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2015/0.77.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2015/0.78.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2015/0.80.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2015/0.82.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2015/0.85.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2015/0.87.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2015/0.88.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2015/0.89.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2016/0.90.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2016/0.91.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2016/0.92.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2016/1.00.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2016/1.01.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2016/1.02.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2016/1.03.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2016/1.04.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2016/1.05.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2016/1.06.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2016/1.07.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2016/1.08.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2016/1.09.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2016/1.10.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2016/1.11.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2016/1.12.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2017/1.13.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2017/1.14.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2017/1.15.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2017/1.16.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2017/1.17.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2017/1.18.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2017/1.19.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2017/1.20.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2017/1.21.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2017/1.22.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2017/1.23.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2017/1.24.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2017/1.25.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2017/1.26.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2017/1.27.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2018/1.28.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2018/1.29.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2018/2.00.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2018/2.01.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2018/2.02.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2018/2.03.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2018/2.04.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2018/2.05.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2018/2.06.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2018/2.07.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2019/2.08.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2019/2.09.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2019/2.10.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2019/2.11.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2019/2.12.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2019/2.13.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2019/2.14.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2019/2.15.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2019/2.16.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2019/2.17.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2019/2.18.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2019/2.19.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2019/2.20.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2020/2.21.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2020/2.22.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2020/2.23.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2020/2.24.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2020/2.25.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2020/2.26.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2020/2.27.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2020/2.28.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2020/2.29.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2020/2.30.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2020/2.31.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2021/2.32.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2021/2.33.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2021/2.34.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2021/2.35.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2021/2.36.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2022/2.37.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2022/2.38.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2022/2.39.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2022/2.40.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2022/2.41.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2022/2.42.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2022/2.43.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2023/2.44.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2023/2.45.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2023/2.46.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2023/2.47.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
doc/xml/release/2023/2.48.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
v2.49: Remove PostgreSQL 9.3 Support Bug Fixes: * Fix regression in retries. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Norman Adkins, Tanel Suurhans, Jordan English, Timothée Peignier.) * Fix recursive path remove in SFTP storage driver. (Fixed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Luc.) Improvements: * Remove support for PostgreSQL 9.3. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) Documentation Features: * Document maintainer options. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Update point-in-time recovery documentation for PostgreSQL >= 13. Test Suite Improvements: * Allow config/load unit test to run without libssh2 installed. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Wu Ning.)
2023-11-27 13:55:56 +02:00
doc/xml/release/2023/2.49.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
v2.50: Performance Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fix short read in block incremental restore. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Brent Graveland. Reported by Adol Rodriguez, Brent Graveland.) * Fix overflow suppressing backup progress in info output. (Fixed by Robert Donovan. Reviewed by Joe Wildish.) Improvements: * Preserve partial files during block incremental delta restore. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Add support for alternate compile-time page sizes. (Contributed by Viktor Kurilko. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Skip files truncated during backup when bundling. (Contributed by Georgy Shelkovy. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Improve SFTP storage error messages. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2024-01-22 14:54:59 +02:00
doc/xml/release/2024/2.50.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
Begin v2.51 development.
2024-01-22 15:09:38 +02:00
doc/xml/release/2024/2.51.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
v2.53: Concurrent Backups IMPORTANT NOTE: The log-level-stderr option default has been changed from warn to off. This makes it easier to capture errors when only redirecting stdout. To preserve the prior behavior set log-level-stderr=warn. NOTE TO PACKAGERS: The lz4 library is now required by the meson build. NOTE TO PACKAGERS: Compiler support for __builtin_clzl() and __builtin_bswap64() is now required by the meson build. Bug Fixes: * Fix SFTP renaming failure when file already exists. (Fixed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Reported by ahmed112212.) Features: * Allow backups to run concurrently on different repositories. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson, Stefan Fercot.) * Support IP-based SANs for TLS certificate validation. (Contributed by David Christensen. Reviewed by David Steele.) Improvements: * Default log-level-stderr option to off. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane, Stefan Fercot.) * Allow alternative WAL segment sizes for PostgreSQL ≤ 10. (Contributed by Viktor Kurilko. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add hint to check SFTP authorization log. (Contributed by Vitalii Zurian. Reviewed by Reid Thompson, David Steele.) Documentation Improvements: * Clarify archive-push multi-repo behavior. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.)
2024-07-22 04:33:31 +02:00
doc/xml/release/2024/2.52.1.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
Begin v2.52 development.
2024-03-25 00:22:53 +02:00
doc/xml/release/2024/2.52.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
Merge v2.53.1 release.
2024-08-20 06:03:24 +02:00
doc/xml/release/2024/2.53.1.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
Begin v2.53 development.
2024-05-27 03:49:21 +02:00
doc/xml/release/2024/2.53.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
v2.54.0: Target Time for Versioned Storage NOTE TO PACKAGERS: This is last feature release to support the autoconf/make build. Please migrate to meson if you have not already done so. 2.54.X patch releases (if any) will continue to support autoconf/make. Bug Fixes: * Fix PostgreSQL query performance for large datasets. (Fixed by Thibault Vincent, David Steele. Reviewed by David Christensen, Antoine Millet. Reported by Antoine Millet.) Features: * Allow repositories on versioned storage to be read at a target time. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, David Christensen.) * Allow requested standby backup to proceed with no standby. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Summarize backup reference list for info command text output. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Refresh web-id token for each S3 authentication. (Contributed by Brent Graveland. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Correctly display current values for indexed options in help. (Reviewed by David Christensen.) * Save backup.info only when contents have changed. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Remove limitation on reading files in parallel during restore. (Reviewed by David Christensen.) * Improve SFTP error messages. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) Documentation Features: * Add performance tuning section to user guide. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Documentation Improvements: * Clarify source for data_directory. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Matthias.) * Better logic for deciding when a summary should be lower-cased. (Suggested by Daniel Westermann.)
2024-10-21 07:57:43 +02:00
doc/xml/release/2024/2.54.0.xml:
Begin v2.54 development.
2024-07-22 04:42:33 +02:00
class: doc/source
type: xml
Begin v2.55.0 development.
2024-10-21 08:11:49 +02:00
doc/xml/release/2025/2.55.0.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
v2.48: Repository Storage Tags Bug Fixes: * Fix issue restoring block incremental without a block list. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Burak Yurdakul. Reported by Burak Yurdakul.) Features: * Add --repo-storage-tag option to create object tags. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot, Timothée Peignier.) * Add known hosts checking for SFTP storage driver. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * Support for dual stack connections. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Add backup size completed/total to info command JSON output. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) Improvements: * Multi-stanza check command. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Retry reads of pg_control until checksum is valid. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Stephen Frost.) * Optimize WAL segment check after successful backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve GCS multi-part performance. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) * Allow archive-get command to run when stanza is stopped. (Reviewed by Tom Swartz, David Christensen, Reid Thompson.) * Accept leading tilde in paths for SFTP public/private keys. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Reload GCS credentials before renewing authentication token. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Daniel Farina.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix configuration reference example for the tls-server-address option. (Fixed by Hartmut Goebel. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix command reference example for the filter option. Test Suite Improvements: * Allow storage/sftp unit test to run without libssh2 installed. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Wu Ning.)
2023-09-25 15:32:15 +02:00
doc/xml/release/contributor.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
v2.14: Bug Fix and Improvements Bug Fixes: * Fix segfault when process-max > 8 for archive-push/archive-get. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Improvements: * Bypass database checks when stanza-delete issued with force. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by hatifnatt.) * Add configure script for improved multi-platform support. Documentation Features: * Add user guides for CentOS/RHEL 6/7.
2019-05-20 17:51:58 +02:00
doc/xml/user-guide-index.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
doc/xml/user-guide.xml:
class: doc/source
type: xml
Add experimental Meson build. Meson is a new build system that offers simpler syntax and superior performance to autoconf/make. In addition, Windows is supported natively. The Meson build appears complete, but currently is used only for auto-generation of code and the host build of pgbackrest. Some container upgrades will be required before Meson can be used for container builds. Also patch the Debian package to force autoconf/make rather than Meson.
2022-06-03 20:13:56 +02:00
meson.build:
class: build
type: meson
meson_options.txt:
class: build
type: meson
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
src/Makefile.in:
class: build
type: make
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
src/build.auto.h.in:
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
src/build/aclocal.m4:
class: build
type: make
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
v2.51: Meson Build System NOTE TO PACKAGERS: The build system for pgBackRest is now meson. The autoconf/make build will not receive any new features and will be removed after a few releases. Bug Fixes: * Skip zero-length files for block incremental delta restore. (Reviewed by Sebastian Krause, René Højbjerg Larsen. Reported by Sebastian Krause.) * Fix performance regression in storage list. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Maksym Boguk.) * Fix progress logging when file size changes during backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by samkingno.) Improvements: * Improved support for dual stack connections. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Timothée Peignier.) * Make meson the primary build system. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Detect files that have not changed during non-delta incremental backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Prevent invalid recovery when backup_label removed. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve archive-push WAL segment queue handling. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Limit resume functionality to full backups. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * Update resume functionality for block incremental. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Allow --version and --help for version and help. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane. Suggested by Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Add detailed backtrace to autoconf/make build. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) Documentation Improvements: * Update references to recovery.conf. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2024-03-24 22:53:22 +02:00
src/build/common/exec.c:
class: build
type: c
src/build/common/exec.h:
class: build
type: c/h
Migrate coverage testing to C and remove dependency on lcov. lcov does not seem to be very well maintained and is often not compatible with the version of gcc it ships with until a few months after a new distro is released. In any case, lcov is that not useful for us because it generates reports on all coverage while we are mainly interested in missing coverage during development. Instead use the JSON output generated by gcov to generate our minimal coverage report and metrics for the documentation. There are some slight differences in the metrics. The difference in the common module was due to a bug in the old code -- build/common was being added into common as well as being reported separately. The source of the two additional branches in the backup module is unknown but almost certainly down to how exclusions are processed with regular expressions. Since there is additional coverage rather than coverage missing this seems fine. Since this was pretty much a rewrite it was also a good time to migrate to C.
2024-05-31 06:52:07 +02:00
src/build/common/json.c:
class: build
type: c
src/build/common/json.h:
class: build
type: c/h
v2.44: Remove PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2 Support Improvements: * Remove support for PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Restore errors when no backup matches the current version of PostgreSQL. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Soulou.) * Add compress-level range checking for each compress-type. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by gkleen, ViperRu.) Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about enabling "hierarchical namespace" on Azure storage. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Vojtech Galda, Pluggi, asjonos.) * Add replacement for linefeeds in monitoring example. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by rudonx, gmustdie, Ivan Shelestov.) * Clarify target-action behavior on various PostgreSQL versions. (Contributed by Chris Bandy. Reviewed by David Steele, Anton Kurochkin, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Anton Kurochkin, Chris Bandy.) * Updates and clarifications to index page. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add dark mode to the website. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2023-01-30 04:15:44 +02:00
src/build/common/regExp.c:
class: build
type: c
src/build/common/regExp.h:
class: build
type: c/h
v2.35: Binary Protocol IMPORTANT NOTE: The log level for copied files in the backup/restore commands has been changed to detail. This makes the info log level less noisy but if these messages are required then set the log level for the backup/restore commands to detail. Bug Fixes: * Detect errors in S3 multi-part upload finalize. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Marco Montagna. Reported by Marco Montagna, Lev Kokotov, Anderson A. Mallmann.) * Fix detection of circular symlinks. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Rohit Raveendran.) * Only pass selected repo options to the remote. (Reviewed by David Christensen, Cynthia Shang. Reported by Greg Sabino Mullane, David Christensen.) Improvements: * Binary protocol. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Automatically create data directory on restore. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Chris Bandy.) * Allow restore --type=lsn. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by James Coleman.) * Change level of backup/restore copied file logging to detail. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Loop while waiting for checkpoint LSN to reach replay LSN. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Fatih Mencutekin.) * Log backup file total and restore size/file total. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix incorrect host names in user guide. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Greg Sabino Mullane.) Documentation Improvements: * Update contributing documentation and add pull request template. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Rearrange backup documentation in user guide. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Clarify restore --type behavior in command reference. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix documentation and comment typos. (Contributed by Eric Radman. Reviewed by David Steele.) Test Suite Improvements: * Add check for test path inside repo path. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane. Suggested by Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Add CodeQL static code analysis. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Update tests to use standard patterns. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2021-08-23 12:52:51 +02:00
src/build/common/render.c:
class: build
type: c
src/build/common/render.h:
class: build
type: c/h
v2.44: Remove PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2 Support Improvements: * Remove support for PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Restore errors when no backup matches the current version of PostgreSQL. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Soulou.) * Add compress-level range checking for each compress-type. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by gkleen, ViperRu.) Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about enabling "hierarchical namespace" on Azure storage. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Vojtech Galda, Pluggi, asjonos.) * Add replacement for linefeeds in monitoring example. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by rudonx, gmustdie, Ivan Shelestov.) * Clarify target-action behavior on various PostgreSQL versions. (Contributed by Chris Bandy. Reviewed by David Steele, Anton Kurochkin, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Anton Kurochkin, Chris Bandy.) * Updates and clarifications to index page. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add dark mode to the website. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2023-01-30 04:15:44 +02:00
src/build/common/string.c:
class: build
type: c
src/build/common/string.h:
class: build
type: c/h
src/build/common/xml.c:
class: build
type: c
src/build/common/xml.h:
class: build
type: c/h
v2.35: Binary Protocol IMPORTANT NOTE: The log level for copied files in the backup/restore commands has been changed to detail. This makes the info log level less noisy but if these messages are required then set the log level for the backup/restore commands to detail. Bug Fixes: * Detect errors in S3 multi-part upload finalize. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Marco Montagna. Reported by Marco Montagna, Lev Kokotov, Anderson A. Mallmann.) * Fix detection of circular symlinks. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Rohit Raveendran.) * Only pass selected repo options to the remote. (Reviewed by David Christensen, Cynthia Shang. Reported by Greg Sabino Mullane, David Christensen.) Improvements: * Binary protocol. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Automatically create data directory on restore. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Chris Bandy.) * Allow restore --type=lsn. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by James Coleman.) * Change level of backup/restore copied file logging to detail. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Loop while waiting for checkpoint LSN to reach replay LSN. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Fatih Mencutekin.) * Log backup file total and restore size/file total. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix incorrect host names in user guide. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Greg Sabino Mullane.) Documentation Improvements: * Update contributing documentation and add pull request template. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Rearrange backup documentation in user guide. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Clarify restore --type behavior in command reference. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix documentation and comment typos. (Contributed by Eric Radman. Reviewed by David Steele.) Test Suite Improvements: * Add check for test path inside repo path. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane. Suggested by Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Add CodeQL static code analysis. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Update tests to use standard patterns. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2021-08-23 12:52:51 +02:00
src/build/common/yaml.c:
class: build
type: c
src/build/common/yaml.h:
class: build
type: c/h
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
src/build/config.guess:
class: build
type: make
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
src/build/config.sub:
class: build
type: make
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
v2.33: Multi-Repository and GCS Support Bug Fixes: * Fix option warnings breaking async archive-get/archive-push. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Lev Kokotov.) * Fix memory leak in backup during archive copy. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Christian ROUX, Efremov Egor.) * Fix stack overflow in cipher passphrase generation. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by bsiara.) * Fix repo-ls / on S3 repositories. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Lesovsky Alexey.) Features: * Multiple repository support. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, David Steele. Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Stephen Frost.) * GCS support for repository storage. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add archive-header-check option. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) Improvements: * Include recreated system databases during selective restore. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Exclude content-length from S3 signed headers. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Brian P Bockelman.) * Consolidate less commonly used repository storage options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Allow custom config-path default with ./configure --with-configdir. (Contributed by Michael Schout. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Log archive copy during backup. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) Documentation Improvements: * Update reference to include links to user guide examples. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Update selective restore documentation with caveats. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Add compress-type clarification to archive-copy documentation. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Add compress-level defaults per compress-type value. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add note about required NFS settings being the same as PostgreSQL. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2021-04-05 15:18:20 +02:00
src/build/config/config.yaml:
class: build
type: yaml
v2.35: Binary Protocol IMPORTANT NOTE: The log level for copied files in the backup/restore commands has been changed to detail. This makes the info log level less noisy but if these messages are required then set the log level for the backup/restore commands to detail. Bug Fixes: * Detect errors in S3 multi-part upload finalize. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Marco Montagna. Reported by Marco Montagna, Lev Kokotov, Anderson A. Mallmann.) * Fix detection of circular symlinks. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Rohit Raveendran.) * Only pass selected repo options to the remote. (Reviewed by David Christensen, Cynthia Shang. Reported by Greg Sabino Mullane, David Christensen.) Improvements: * Binary protocol. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Automatically create data directory on restore. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Chris Bandy.) * Allow restore --type=lsn. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by James Coleman.) * Change level of backup/restore copied file logging to detail. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Loop while waiting for checkpoint LSN to reach replay LSN. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Fatih Mencutekin.) * Log backup file total and restore size/file total. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix incorrect host names in user guide. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Greg Sabino Mullane.) Documentation Improvements: * Update contributing documentation and add pull request template. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Rearrange backup documentation in user guide. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Clarify restore --type behavior in command reference. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix documentation and comment typos. (Contributed by Eric Radman. Reviewed by David Steele.) Test Suite Improvements: * Add check for test path inside repo path. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane. Suggested by Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Add CodeQL static code analysis. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Update tests to use standard patterns. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2021-08-23 12:52:51 +02:00
src/build/config/parse.c:
class: build
type: c
src/build/config/parse.h:
class: build
type: c/h
src/build/config/render.c:
class: build
type: c
src/build/config/render.h:
class: build
type: c/h
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
src/build/configure.ac:
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
class: build
type: make
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
v2.35: Binary Protocol IMPORTANT NOTE: The log level for copied files in the backup/restore commands has been changed to detail. This makes the info log level less noisy but if these messages are required then set the log level for the backup/restore commands to detail. Bug Fixes: * Detect errors in S3 multi-part upload finalize. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Marco Montagna. Reported by Marco Montagna, Lev Kokotov, Anderson A. Mallmann.) * Fix detection of circular symlinks. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Rohit Raveendran.) * Only pass selected repo options to the remote. (Reviewed by David Christensen, Cynthia Shang. Reported by Greg Sabino Mullane, David Christensen.) Improvements: * Binary protocol. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Automatically create data directory on restore. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Chris Bandy.) * Allow restore --type=lsn. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by James Coleman.) * Change level of backup/restore copied file logging to detail. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Loop while waiting for checkpoint LSN to reach replay LSN. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Fatih Mencutekin.) * Log backup file total and restore size/file total. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix incorrect host names in user guide. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Greg Sabino Mullane.) Documentation Improvements: * Update contributing documentation and add pull request template. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Rearrange backup documentation in user guide. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Clarify restore --type behavior in command reference. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix documentation and comment typos. (Contributed by Eric Radman. Reviewed by David Steele.) Test Suite Improvements: * Add check for test path inside repo path. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane. Suggested by Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Add CodeQL static code analysis. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Update tests to use standard patterns. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2021-08-23 12:52:51 +02:00
src/build/error/error.yaml:
class: build
type: yaml
src/build/error/parse.c:
class: build
type: c
src/build/error/parse.h:
class: build
type: c/h
src/build/error/render.c:
class: build
type: c
src/build/error/render.h:
class: build
type: c/h
Migrate command-line help generation to C. Command-line help is now generated at build time so it does not need to be committed. This reduces churn on commits that add configuration and/or update the help. Since churn is no longer an issue, help.auto.c is bzip2 compressed to save space in the binary. The Perl config parser (Data.pm) has been moved to doc/lib since the Perl build path is no longer required. Likewise doc/xml/reference.xml has been moved to src/build/help/help.xml since it is required at build time.
2021-09-09 00:16:06 +02:00
src/build/help/help.xml:
class: build
type: make
src/build/help/parse.c:
class: build
type: c
src/build/help/parse.h:
class: build
type: c/h
src/build/help/render.c:
class: build
type: c
src/build/help/render.h:
class: build
type: c/h
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
src/build/install-sh:
class: build
type: make
Update code count rules missed in 027c2638.
2019-05-02 22:33:23 +02:00
v2.41: Backup Annotations Bug Fixes: * Fix incorrect time expiration being used for non-default repositories. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Adam Brusselback.) * Fix issue when listing directories recursively with a filter. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Efremov Egor.) Features: * Backup key/value annotations. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Adam Berlin.) Improvements: * Support --set in JSON output for info command. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Anton Kurochkin.) * Update archive.info timestamps after a successful backup. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Alex Richman.) * Move standby timeline check after checkpoint. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Keith Fiske. Suggested by Keith Fiske.) * Improve warning message on backup resume. (Suggested by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Add absolute path for kill in pgbackrest.service. (Suggested by Don Seiler.)
2022-09-19 19:08:10 +02:00
src/build/main.c:
Automatically create PostgreSQL version interfaces. Maintaining the version interfaces was complicated by the fact that each interface needed to be in separate compilation unit to avoid type conflicts. This also meant that various build/test files needed to be updated to add the new interfaces. Solve these problems by auto-generating all the interfaces into a single file. This is made possible by parsing defines and types out of the header files and creating macros to rename the types. At the end of the version interface everything is undef'd. Another benefit is that the auto-generated interfaces can be static and included directly into postgres/interface.c. Since some code generation is now always required for tests, change --no-gen to --min-gen in test.pl. It would also make sense to auto-generate the version defines in postgres/version.h, but that will be left for a future commit.
2022-06-06 19:52:56 +02:00
class: build
type: c
src/build/postgres/parse.c:
class: build
type: c
src/build/postgres/parse.h:
class: build
type: c/h
src/build/postgres/postgres.yaml:
class: build
type: yaml
src/build/postgres/render.c:
class: build
type: c
src/build/postgres/render.h:
class: build
type: c/h
v2.41: Backup Annotations Bug Fixes: * Fix incorrect time expiration being used for non-default repositories. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Adam Brusselback.) * Fix issue when listing directories recursively with a filter. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Efremov Egor.) Features: * Backup key/value annotations. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Adam Berlin.) Improvements: * Support --set in JSON output for info command. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Anton Kurochkin.) * Update archive.info timestamps after a successful backup. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Alex Richman.) * Move standby timeline check after checkpoint. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Keith Fiske. Suggested by Keith Fiske.) * Improve warning message on backup resume. (Suggested by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Add absolute path for kill in pgbackrest.service. (Suggested by Don Seiler.)
2022-09-19 19:08:10 +02:00
src/command/annotate/annotate.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/annotate/annotate.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.02: Parallel Asynchronous Archive Get and Configuration Includes Bug Fixes: * Fix directory syncs running recursively when only the specified directory should be synced. (Reported by Craig A. James.) * Fix archive-copy throwing "path not found" error for incr/diff backups. (Reported by yummyliu, Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix failure in manifest build when two or more files in PGDATA are linked to the same directory. (Reported by Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix delta restore failing when a linked file is missing. * Fix rendering of key/value and list options in help. (Reported by Clinton Adams.) Features: * Add asynchronous, parallel archive-get. This feature maintains a queue of WAL segments to help reduce latency when PostgreSQL requests a WAL segment with restore_command. * Add support for additional pgBackRest configuration files in the directory specified by the --config-include-path option. Add --config-path option for overriding the default base path of the --config and --config-include-path option. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add repo-s3-token option to allow temporary credentials tokens to be configured. pgBackRest currently has no way to request new credentials so the entire command (e.g. backup, restore) must complete before the credentials expire. (Contributed by Yogesh Sharma.) Improvements: * Update the archive-push-queue-max, manifest-save-threshold, and buffer-size options to accept values in KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB where the multiplier is a power of 1024. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Make backup/restore path sync more efficient. Scanning the entire directory can be very expensive if there are a lot of small tables. The backup manifest contains the path list so use it to perform syncs instead of scanning the backup/restore path. * Show command parameters as well as command options in initial info log message. * Rename archive-queue-max option to archive-push-queue-max to avoid confusion with the new archive-get-queue-max option. The old option name will continue to be accepted.
2018-05-07 01:53:42 +02:00
src/command/archive/common.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/archive/common.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.48: Repository Storage Tags Bug Fixes: * Fix issue restoring block incremental without a block list. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Burak Yurdakul. Reported by Burak Yurdakul.) Features: * Add --repo-storage-tag option to create object tags. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot, Timothée Peignier.) * Add known hosts checking for SFTP storage driver. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * Support for dual stack connections. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Add backup size completed/total to info command JSON output. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) Improvements: * Multi-stanza check command. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Retry reads of pg_control until checksum is valid. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Stephen Frost.) * Optimize WAL segment check after successful backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve GCS multi-part performance. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) * Allow archive-get command to run when stanza is stopped. (Reviewed by Tom Swartz, David Christensen, Reid Thompson.) * Accept leading tilde in paths for SFTP public/private keys. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Reload GCS credentials before renewing authentication token. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Daniel Farina.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix configuration reference example for the tls-server-address option. (Fixed by Hartmut Goebel. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix command reference example for the filter option. Test Suite Improvements: * Allow storage/sftp unit test to run without libssh2 installed. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Wu Ning.)
2023-09-25 15:32:15 +02:00
src/command/archive/find.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/archive/find.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
src/command/archive/get/file.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/archive/get/file.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.02: Parallel Asynchronous Archive Get and Configuration Includes Bug Fixes: * Fix directory syncs running recursively when only the specified directory should be synced. (Reported by Craig A. James.) * Fix archive-copy throwing "path not found" error for incr/diff backups. (Reported by yummyliu, Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix failure in manifest build when two or more files in PGDATA are linked to the same directory. (Reported by Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix delta restore failing when a linked file is missing. * Fix rendering of key/value and list options in help. (Reported by Clinton Adams.) Features: * Add asynchronous, parallel archive-get. This feature maintains a queue of WAL segments to help reduce latency when PostgreSQL requests a WAL segment with restore_command. * Add support for additional pgBackRest configuration files in the directory specified by the --config-include-path option. Add --config-path option for overriding the default base path of the --config and --config-include-path option. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add repo-s3-token option to allow temporary credentials tokens to be configured. pgBackRest currently has no way to request new credentials so the entire command (e.g. backup, restore) must complete before the credentials expire. (Contributed by Yogesh Sharma.) Improvements: * Update the archive-push-queue-max, manifest-save-threshold, and buffer-size options to accept values in KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB where the multiplier is a power of 1024. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Make backup/restore path sync more efficient. Scanning the entire directory can be very expensive if there are a lot of small tables. The backup manifest contains the path list so use it to perform syncs instead of scanning the backup/restore path. * Show command parameters as well as command options in initial info log message. * Rename archive-queue-max option to archive-push-queue-max to avoid confusion with the new archive-get-queue-max option. The old option name will continue to be accepted.
2018-05-07 01:53:42 +02:00
src/command/archive/get/get.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/archive/get/get.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
src/command/archive/get/protocol.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/archive/get/protocol.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.12: C Implementation of Archive Push IMPORTANT NOTE: The new TLS/SSL implementation forbids dots in S3 bucket names per RFC-2818. This security fix is required for compliant hostname verification. Bug Fixes: * Fix issues when a path option is / terminated. (Reported by Marc Cousin.) * Fix issues when log-level-file=off is set for the archive-get command. (Reported by Brad Nicholson.) * Fix C code to recognize host:port option format like Perl does. (Reported by Kyle Nevins.) * Fix issues with remote/local command logging options. Improvements: * The archive-push command is implemented entirely in C. * Increase process-max limit to 999. (Suggested by Rakshitha-BR.) * Improve error message when an S3 bucket name contains dots. Documentation Improvements: * Clarify that S3-compatible object stores are supported. (Suggested by Magnus Hagander.)
2019-04-11 15:14:22 +02:00
src/command/archive/push/file.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/archive/push/file.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/command/archive/push/protocol.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/archive/push/protocol.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/command/archive/push/push.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/archive/push/push.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.21: C Migration Complete Bug Fixes: * Fix options being ignored by asynchronous commands. The asynchronous archive-get/archive-push processes were not loading options configured in command configuration sections, e.g. [global:archive-get]. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Urs Kramer.) * Fix handling of \ in filenames. \ was not being properly escaped when calculating the manifest checksum which prevented the manifest from loading. Since instances of \ in cluster filenames should be rare to nonexistent this does not seem likely to be a serious problem in the field. Features: * pgBackRest is now pure C. * Add pg-user option. Specifies the database user name when connecting to PostgreSQL. If not specified pgBackRest will connect with the local OS user or PGUSER, which was the previous behavior. (Contributed by Mike Palmiotto.) * Allow path-style URIs in S3 driver. Improvements: * The backup command is implemented entirely in C. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-01-15 22:21:52 +02:00
src/command/backup/backup.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/backup/backup.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.44: Remove PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2 Support Improvements: * Remove support for PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Restore errors when no backup matches the current version of PostgreSQL. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Soulou.) * Add compress-level range checking for each compress-type. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by gkleen, ViperRu.) Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about enabling "hierarchical namespace" on Azure storage. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Vojtech Galda, Pluggi, asjonos.) * Add replacement for linefeeds in monitoring example. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by rudonx, gmustdie, Ivan Shelestov.) * Clarify target-action behavior on various PostgreSQL versions. (Contributed by Chris Bandy. Reviewed by David Steele, Anton Kurochkin, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Anton Kurochkin, Chris Bandy.) * Updates and clarifications to index page. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add dark mode to the website. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2023-01-30 04:15:44 +02:00
src/command/backup/blockIncr.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/backup/blockIncr.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/command/backup/blockMap.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/backup/blockMap.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.13: Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fix zero-length reads causing problems for IO filters that did not expect them. (Reported by brunre01, jwpit, Tomasz Kontusz, guruguruguru.) * Fix reliability of error reporting from local/remote processes. * Fix Posix/CIFS error messages reporting the wrong filename on write/sync/close.
2019-04-19 03:26:02 +02:00
src/command/backup/common.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/backup/common.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.16: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Retry S3 RequestTimeTooSkewed errors instead of immediately terminating. (Reported by sean0101n, Tim Garton, Jesper St John, Aleš Zelený.) * Fix incorrect handling of transfer-encoding response to HEAD request. (Reported by Pavel Suderevsky.) * Fix scoping violations exposed by optimizations in gcc 9. (Reported by Christian Lange, Ned T. Crigler.) Features: * Add repo-s3-port option for setting a non-standard S3 service port. Improvements: * The local command for backup is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by David Steele, Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented partly in C. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2019-08-05 18:03:04 +02:00
src/command/backup/file.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/backup/file.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.15: C Implementation of Expire Bug Fixes: * Fix archive retention expiring too aggressively. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Mohamad El-Rifai.) Improvements: * The expire command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The local command for restore is implemented entirely in C. * Remove hard-coded PostgreSQL user so $PGUSER works. (Suggested by Julian Zhang, Janis Puris.) * Honor configure --prefix option. (Suggested by Daniel Westermann.) * Rename repo-s3-verify-ssl option to repo-s3-verify-tls. The new name is preferred because pgBackRest does not support any SSL protocol versions (they are all considered to be insecure). The old name will continue to be accepted. Documentation Improvements: * Add FAQ to the documentation. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Use wal_level=replica in the documentation for PostgreSQL ≥ 9.6. (Suggested by Patrick McLaughlin.)
2019-06-25 14:29:06 +02:00
src/command/backup/pageChecksum.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/backup/pageChecksum.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.16: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Retry S3 RequestTimeTooSkewed errors instead of immediately terminating. (Reported by sean0101n, Tim Garton, Jesper St John, Aleš Zelený.) * Fix incorrect handling of transfer-encoding response to HEAD request. (Reported by Pavel Suderevsky.) * Fix scoping violations exposed by optimizations in gcc 9. (Reported by Christian Lange, Ned T. Crigler.) Features: * Add repo-s3-port option for setting a non-standard S3 service port. Improvements: * The local command for backup is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by David Steele, Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented partly in C. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2019-08-05 18:03:04 +02:00
src/command/backup/protocol.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/backup/protocol.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/command/check/check.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/check/check.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.17: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Improve slow manifest build for very large quantities of tables/segments. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fix exclusions for special files. (Reported by CluelessTechnologist, Janis Puris, Rachid Broum.) Improvements: * The stanza-create/update/delete commands are implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The start/stop commands are implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Create log directories/files with 0750/0640 mode. (Suggested by Damiano Albani.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix yum.p.o package being installed when custom package specified. (Reported by Joe Ayers, John Harvey.) Documentation Improvements: * Build pgBackRest as an unprivileged user. (Suggested by Laurenz Albe.)
2019-09-03 22:39:32 +02:00
src/command/check/common.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/check/common.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.48: Repository Storage Tags Bug Fixes: * Fix issue restoring block incremental without a block list. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Burak Yurdakul. Reported by Burak Yurdakul.) Features: * Add --repo-storage-tag option to create object tags. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot, Timothée Peignier.) * Add known hosts checking for SFTP storage driver. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * Support for dual stack connections. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Add backup size completed/total to info command JSON output. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) Improvements: * Multi-stanza check command. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Retry reads of pg_control until checksum is valid. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Stephen Frost.) * Optimize WAL segment check after successful backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve GCS multi-part performance. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) * Allow archive-get command to run when stanza is stopped. (Reviewed by Tom Swartz, David Christensen, Reid Thompson.) * Accept leading tilde in paths for SFTP public/private keys. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Reload GCS credentials before renewing authentication token. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Daniel Farina.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix configuration reference example for the tls-server-address option. (Fixed by Hartmut Goebel. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix command reference example for the filter option. Test Suite Improvements: * Allow storage/sftp unit test to run without libssh2 installed. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Wu Ning.)
2023-09-25 15:32:15 +02:00
src/command/check/report.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/check/report.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/command/command.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/command.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Rename control/control module to control/common. This is more consistent with how other common modules are named. Contributed by Cynthia Shang.
2019-07-31 17:35:58 +02:00
src/command/control/common.c:
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Rename control/control module to control/common. This is more consistent with how other common modules are named. Contributed by Cynthia Shang.
2019-07-31 17:35:58 +02:00
src/command/control/common.h:
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
v2.17: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Improve slow manifest build for very large quantities of tables/segments. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fix exclusions for special files. (Reported by CluelessTechnologist, Janis Puris, Rachid Broum.) Improvements: * The stanza-create/update/delete commands are implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The start/stop commands are implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Create log directories/files with 0750/0640 mode. (Suggested by Damiano Albani.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix yum.p.o package being installed when custom package specified. (Reported by Joe Ayers, John Harvey.) Documentation Improvements: * Build pgBackRest as an unprivileged user. (Suggested by Laurenz Albe.)
2019-09-03 22:39:32 +02:00
src/command/control/start.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/control/start.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/command/control/stop.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/control/stop.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Move protocol module from common to command. This module has dependencies on command/command so it does not make sense for it to be in the common module. Also move protocolFree() to main() since this is a very large dependency. Adjust the tests so command/exit can be tested later. This is a bit messy but will get adjusted as we improve the test harness.
2022-06-17 17:17:52 +02:00
src/command/exit.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/exit.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.15: C Implementation of Expire Bug Fixes: * Fix archive retention expiring too aggressively. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Mohamad El-Rifai.) Improvements: * The expire command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The local command for restore is implemented entirely in C. * Remove hard-coded PostgreSQL user so $PGUSER works. (Suggested by Julian Zhang, Janis Puris.) * Honor configure --prefix option. (Suggested by Daniel Westermann.) * Rename repo-s3-verify-ssl option to repo-s3-verify-tls. The new name is preferred because pgBackRest does not support any SSL protocol versions (they are all considered to be insecure). The old name will continue to be accepted. Documentation Improvements: * Add FAQ to the documentation. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Use wal_level=replica in the documentation for PostgreSQL ≥ 9.6. (Suggested by Patrick McLaughlin.)
2019-06-25 14:29:06 +02:00
src/command/expire/expire.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/expire/expire.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.51: Meson Build System NOTE TO PACKAGERS: The build system for pgBackRest is now meson. The autoconf/make build will not receive any new features and will be removed after a few releases. Bug Fixes: * Skip zero-length files for block incremental delta restore. (Reviewed by Sebastian Krause, René Højbjerg Larsen. Reported by Sebastian Krause.) * Fix performance regression in storage list. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Maksym Boguk.) * Fix progress logging when file size changes during backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by samkingno.) Improvements: * Improved support for dual stack connections. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Timothée Peignier.) * Make meson the primary build system. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Detect files that have not changed during non-delta incremental backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Prevent invalid recovery when backup_label removed. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve archive-push WAL segment queue handling. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Limit resume functionality to full backups. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * Update resume functionality for block incremental. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Allow --version and --help for version and help. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane. Suggested by Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Add detailed backtrace to autoconf/make build. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) Documentation Improvements: * Update references to recovery.conf. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2024-03-24 22:53:22 +02:00
src/command/help/help.auto.c.inc:
class: core/auto
type: c
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/command/help/help.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/help/help.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Add experimental Meson build. Meson is a new build system that offers simpler syntax and superior performance to autoconf/make. In addition, Windows is supported natively. The Meson build appears complete, but currently is used only for auto-generation of code and the host build of pgbackrest. Some container upgrades will be required before Meson can be used for container builds. Also patch the Debian package to force autoconf/make rather than Meson.
2022-06-03 20:13:56 +02:00
src/command/help/meson.build:
class: build
type: meson
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
src/command/info/info.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/info/info.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
src/command/local/local.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/local/local.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.53: Concurrent Backups IMPORTANT NOTE: The log-level-stderr option default has been changed from warn to off. This makes it easier to capture errors when only redirecting stdout. To preserve the prior behavior set log-level-stderr=warn. NOTE TO PACKAGERS: The lz4 library is now required by the meson build. NOTE TO PACKAGERS: Compiler support for __builtin_clzl() and __builtin_bswap64() is now required by the meson build. Bug Fixes: * Fix SFTP renaming failure when file already exists. (Fixed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Reported by ahmed112212.) Features: * Allow backups to run concurrently on different repositories. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson, Stefan Fercot.) * Support IP-based SANs for TLS certificate validation. (Contributed by David Christensen. Reviewed by David Steele.) Improvements: * Default log-level-stderr option to off. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane, Stefan Fercot.) * Allow alternative WAL segment sizes for PostgreSQL ≤ 10. (Contributed by Viktor Kurilko. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add hint to check SFTP authorization log. (Contributed by Vitalii Zurian. Reviewed by Reid Thompson, David Steele.) Documentation Improvements: * Clarify archive-push multi-repo behavior. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.)
2024-07-22 04:33:31 +02:00
src/command/lock.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/lock.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.45: Block Incremental Backup (BETA) Bug Fixes: * Skip writing recovery.signal by default for restores of offline backups. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Marcel Borger.) Features: * Block incremental backup (BETA). (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Keep only one all-default group index. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Documentation Improvements: * Add explicit instructions for upgrading between 2.x versions. (Contributed by Christophe Courtois. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Remove references to SSH made obsolete when TLS was introduced.
2023-03-20 03:37:23 +02:00
src/command/manifest/manifest.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/manifest/manifest.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
src/command/remote/remote.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/remote/remote.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Improve path validation for repo-* commands. Check for invalid path in repo-* commands. Perform path validation and throw an error when appropriate. Path may not contain '//'. Strip trailing '/' from path. Absolute path must fall under repo path.
2022-03-22 15:50:26 +02:00
src/command/repo/common.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/repo/common.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
src/command/repo/get.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/repo/get.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Rename ls command to repo-ls. This command only makes sense for the repository storage since other storage (e.g. pg and spool) must be located on a local Posix filesystem and can be listed using standard unix commands. Since the repo storage can be located lots of places having a common way to list it makes sense. Prefix with repo- to make the scope of this command clear. Update documentation to reflect this change.
2020-03-09 22:41:04 +02:00
src/command/repo/ls.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/repo/ls.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
src/command/repo/put.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/repo/put.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/command/repo/rm.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/repo/rm.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Rename BlockHash to BlockChecksum. Checksum is the generally used terminology in the code base, even when a hash is being used as a checksum.
2023-03-09 06:04:03 +02:00
src/command/restore/blockChecksum.c:
v2.44: Remove PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2 Support Improvements: * Remove support for PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Restore errors when no backup matches the current version of PostgreSQL. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Soulou.) * Add compress-level range checking for each compress-type. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by gkleen, ViperRu.) Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about enabling "hierarchical namespace" on Azure storage. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Vojtech Galda, Pluggi, asjonos.) * Add replacement for linefeeds in monitoring example. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by rudonx, gmustdie, Ivan Shelestov.) * Clarify target-action behavior on various PostgreSQL versions. (Contributed by Chris Bandy. Reviewed by David Steele, Anton Kurochkin, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Anton Kurochkin, Chris Bandy.) * Updates and clarifications to index page. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add dark mode to the website. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2023-01-30 04:15:44 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Rename BlockHash to BlockChecksum. Checksum is the generally used terminology in the code base, even when a hash is being used as a checksum.
2023-03-09 06:04:03 +02:00
src/command/restore/blockChecksum.h:
v2.44: Remove PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2 Support Improvements: * Remove support for PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Restore errors when no backup matches the current version of PostgreSQL. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Soulou.) * Add compress-level range checking for each compress-type. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by gkleen, ViperRu.) Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about enabling "hierarchical namespace" on Azure storage. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Vojtech Galda, Pluggi, asjonos.) * Add replacement for linefeeds in monitoring example. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by rudonx, gmustdie, Ivan Shelestov.) * Clarify target-action behavior on various PostgreSQL versions. (Contributed by Chris Bandy. Reviewed by David Steele, Anton Kurochkin, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Anton Kurochkin, Chris Bandy.) * Updates and clarifications to index page. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add dark mode to the website. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2023-01-30 04:15:44 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
v2.45: Block Incremental Backup (BETA) Bug Fixes: * Skip writing recovery.signal by default for restores of offline backups. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Marcel Borger.) Features: * Block incremental backup (BETA). (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Keep only one all-default group index. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Documentation Improvements: * Add explicit instructions for upgrading between 2.x versions. (Contributed by Christophe Courtois. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Remove references to SSH made obsolete when TLS was introduced.
2023-03-20 03:37:23 +02:00
src/command/restore/blockDelta.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/restore/blockDelta.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.15: C Implementation of Expire Bug Fixes: * Fix archive retention expiring too aggressively. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Mohamad El-Rifai.) Improvements: * The expire command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The local command for restore is implemented entirely in C. * Remove hard-coded PostgreSQL user so $PGUSER works. (Suggested by Julian Zhang, Janis Puris.) * Honor configure --prefix option. (Suggested by Daniel Westermann.) * Rename repo-s3-verify-ssl option to repo-s3-verify-tls. The new name is preferred because pgBackRest does not support any SSL protocol versions (they are all considered to be insecure). The old name will continue to be accepted. Documentation Improvements: * Add FAQ to the documentation. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Use wal_level=replica in the documentation for PostgreSQL ≥ 9.6. (Suggested by Patrick McLaughlin.)
2019-06-25 14:29:06 +02:00
src/command/restore/file.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/restore/file.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/command/restore/protocol.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/restore/protocol.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.19: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fix remote timeout in delta restore. When performing a delta restore on a largely unchanged cluster the remote could timeout if no files were fetched from the repository within protocol-timeout. Add keep-alives to prevent remote timeout. (Reported by James Sewell, Jens Wilke.) * Fix handling of repeated HTTP headers. When HTTP headers are repeated they should be considered equivalent to a single comma-separated header rather than generating an error, which was the prior behavior. (Reported by donicrosby.) Improvements: * JSON output from the info command is no longer pretty-printed. Monitoring systems can more easily ingest the JSON without linefeeds. External tools such as jq can be used to pretty-print if desired. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Document how to contribute to pgBackRest. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Document maximum version for auto-stop option. (Contributed by Brad Nicholson.) Test Suite Improvements: * Fix container test path being used when --vm=none. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Fix mismatched timezone in expect test. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Don't autogenerate embedded libc code by default. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2019-11-12 22:51:28 +02:00
src/command/restore/restore.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/restore/restore.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.36: Minor Bug Fixes and Improvements Bug Fixes: * Allow "global" as a stanza prefix. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Younes Alhroub.) * Fix segfault on invalid GCS key file. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Henrik Feldt.) Improvements: * Allow link-map option to create new links. (Reviewed by Don Seiler, Stefan Fercot, Chris Bandy. Suggested by Don Seiler.) * Increase max index allowed for pg/repo options to 256. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add WebIdentity authentication for AWS S3. (Reviewed by James Callahan, Reid Thompson, Benjamin Blattberg, Andrew L'Ecuyer.) * Report backup file validation errors in backup.info. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add recovery start time to online backup restore log. (Reviewed by Tom Swartz, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Tom Swartz.) * Report original error and retries on local job failure. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Rename page checksum error to error list in info text output. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add hints to standby replay timeout message. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Leigh Downs.)
2021-11-01 14:59:14 +02:00
src/command/server/ping.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/server/ping.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/command/server/server.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/server/server.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.17: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Improve slow manifest build for very large quantities of tables/segments. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fix exclusions for special files. (Reported by CluelessTechnologist, Janis Puris, Rachid Broum.) Improvements: * The stanza-create/update/delete commands are implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The start/stop commands are implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Create log directories/files with 0750/0640 mode. (Suggested by Damiano Albani.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix yum.p.o package being installed when custom package specified. (Reported by Joe Ayers, John Harvey.) Documentation Improvements: * Build pgBackRest as an unprivileged user. (Suggested by Laurenz Albe.)
2019-09-03 22:39:32 +02:00
src/command/stanza/common.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/stanza/common.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/command/stanza/create.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/stanza/create.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/command/stanza/delete.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/stanza/delete.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/command/stanza/upgrade.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/stanza/upgrade.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.30: PostgreSQL 13 Support Bug Fixes: * Error with hints when backup user cannot read pg_settings. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Cynthia Shang. Reported by Mohamed Insaf K.) Features: * PostgreSQL 13 support. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Improvements: * Improve PostgreSQL version identification. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost.) * Improve working directory error message. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add hint about starting the stanza when WAL segment not found. (Contributed by David Christensen. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add hint for protocol version mismatch. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by loop-evgeny.) Documentation Improvements: * Add note that pgBackRest versions must match when running remotely. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by loop-evgeny.) * Move info command text to the reference and link to user guide. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Christophe Courtois.) * Update yum repository path for CentOS/RHEL user guide. (Contributed by Heath Lord. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2020-10-05 17:51:45 +02:00
src/command/verify/file.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/verify/file.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/command/verify/protocol.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/verify/protocol.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/command/verify/verify.c:
class: core
type: c
src/command/verify/verify.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/common/assert.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.27: Expiration Improvements and Compression Drivers Bug Fixes: * Fix issue checking if file links are contained in path links. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Christophe Cavallié.) * Allow pg-path1 to be optional for synchronous archive-push. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Jerome Peng.) * The expire command now checks if a stop file is present. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Handle missing reason phrase in HTTP response. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Tenuun.) * Increase buffer size for lz4 compression flush. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Eric Radman.) * Ignore pg-host* and repo-host* options for the remote command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Pavel Suderevsky.) * Fix possibly missing pg1-* options for the remote command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Andrew L'Ecuyer.) Features: * Time-based retention for full backups. The --repo-retention-full-type option allows retention of full backups based on a time period, specified in days. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Pierre Ducroquet. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Ad hoc backup expiration. Allow the user to remove a specified backup regardless of retention settings. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Zstandard compression support. Note that setting compress-type=zst will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * bzip2 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=bz2 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Contributed by Stephen Frost. Reviewed by David Steele, Cynthia Shang.) * Add backup/expire running status to the info command. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) Improvements: * Expire WAL archive only when repo-retention-archive threshold is met. WAL prior to the first full backup was previously expired after the first full backup. Now it is preserved according to retention settings. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add local MD5 implementation so S3 works when FIPS is enabled. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost. Suggested by Brian Almeida, John Kelley.) * PostgreSQL 13 beta1 support. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Reduce buffer-size default to 1MiB. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Throw user-friendly error if expire is not run on repository host. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2020-05-26 14:11:50 +02:00
src/common/compress/bz2/common.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/compress/bz2/common.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/compress/bz2/compress.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/compress/bz2/compress.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/compress/bz2/decompress.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/compress/bz2/decompress.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Rename "gzip" to "gz". "gz" was used as the extension but "gzip" was generally used for function and type naming. With a new compression format on the way, it makes sense to standardize on a single abbreviation to represent a compression format in the code. Since the extension is standard and we must use it, also use the extension for all naming.
2020-02-27 19:09:05 +02:00
src/common/compress/gz/common.c:
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Rename "gzip" to "gz". "gz" was used as the extension but "gzip" was generally used for function and type naming. With a new compression format on the way, it makes sense to standardize on a single abbreviation to represent a compression format in the code. Since the extension is standard and we must use it, also use the extension for all naming.
2020-02-27 19:09:05 +02:00
src/common/compress/gz/common.h:
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Rename "gzip" to "gz". "gz" was used as the extension but "gzip" was generally used for function and type naming. With a new compression format on the way, it makes sense to standardize on a single abbreviation to represent a compression format in the code. Since the extension is standard and we must use it, also use the extension for all naming.
2020-02-27 19:09:05 +02:00
src/common/compress/gz/compress.c:
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Rename "gzip" to "gz". "gz" was used as the extension but "gzip" was generally used for function and type naming. With a new compression format on the way, it makes sense to standardize on a single abbreviation to represent a compression format in the code. Since the extension is standard and we must use it, also use the extension for all naming.
2020-02-27 19:09:05 +02:00
src/common/compress/gz/compress.h:
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Rename "gzip" to "gz". "gz" was used as the extension but "gzip" was generally used for function and type naming. With a new compression format on the way, it makes sense to standardize on a single abbreviation to represent a compression format in the code. Since the extension is standard and we must use it, also use the extension for all naming.
2020-02-27 19:09:05 +02:00
src/common/compress/gz/decompress.c:
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Rename "gzip" to "gz". "gz" was used as the extension but "gzip" was generally used for function and type naming. With a new compression format on the way, it makes sense to standardize on a single abbreviation to represent a compression format in the code. Since the extension is standard and we must use it, also use the extension for all naming.
2020-02-27 19:09:05 +02:00
src/common/compress/gz/decompress.h:
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
src/common/compress/helper.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/compress/helper.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/compress/helper.intern.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/compress/lz4/common.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/compress/lz4/common.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/compress/lz4/compress.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/compress/lz4/compress.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/compress/lz4/decompress.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/compress/lz4/decompress.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.27: Expiration Improvements and Compression Drivers Bug Fixes: * Fix issue checking if file links are contained in path links. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Christophe Cavallié.) * Allow pg-path1 to be optional for synchronous archive-push. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Jerome Peng.) * The expire command now checks if a stop file is present. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Handle missing reason phrase in HTTP response. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Tenuun.) * Increase buffer size for lz4 compression flush. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Eric Radman.) * Ignore pg-host* and repo-host* options for the remote command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Pavel Suderevsky.) * Fix possibly missing pg1-* options for the remote command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Andrew L'Ecuyer.) Features: * Time-based retention for full backups. The --repo-retention-full-type option allows retention of full backups based on a time period, specified in days. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Pierre Ducroquet. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Ad hoc backup expiration. Allow the user to remove a specified backup regardless of retention settings. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Zstandard compression support. Note that setting compress-type=zst will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * bzip2 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=bz2 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Contributed by Stephen Frost. Reviewed by David Steele, Cynthia Shang.) * Add backup/expire running status to the info command. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) Improvements: * Expire WAL archive only when repo-retention-archive threshold is met. WAL prior to the first full backup was previously expired after the first full backup. Now it is preserved according to retention settings. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add local MD5 implementation so S3 works when FIPS is enabled. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost. Suggested by Brian Almeida, John Kelley.) * PostgreSQL 13 beta1 support. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Reduce buffer-size default to 1MiB. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Throw user-friendly error if expire is not run on repository host. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2020-05-26 14:11:50 +02:00
src/common/compress/zst/common.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/compress/zst/common.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/compress/zst/compress.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/compress/zst/compress.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/compress/zst/decompress.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/compress/zst/decompress.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
src/common/crypto/cipherBlock.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/crypto/cipherBlock.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/crypto/common.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/crypto/common.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/crypto/hash.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/crypto/hash.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Add .inc extension to C files included in other C files. These files were never intended to be compiled on their own so the .c extension was a bit misleading. In particular Meson does not like .c files that are not intended to be compiled independently. Leave header files as is since they are already protected against being included more than once and are never expected to be compiled.
2022-05-31 22:06:41 +02:00
src/common/crypto/md5.vendor.c.inc:
v2.27: Expiration Improvements and Compression Drivers Bug Fixes: * Fix issue checking if file links are contained in path links. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Christophe Cavallié.) * Allow pg-path1 to be optional for synchronous archive-push. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Jerome Peng.) * The expire command now checks if a stop file is present. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Handle missing reason phrase in HTTP response. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Tenuun.) * Increase buffer size for lz4 compression flush. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Eric Radman.) * Ignore pg-host* and repo-host* options for the remote command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Pavel Suderevsky.) * Fix possibly missing pg1-* options for the remote command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Andrew L'Ecuyer.) Features: * Time-based retention for full backups. The --repo-retention-full-type option allows retention of full backups based on a time period, specified in days. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Pierre Ducroquet. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Ad hoc backup expiration. Allow the user to remove a specified backup regardless of retention settings. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Zstandard compression support. Note that setting compress-type=zst will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * bzip2 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=bz2 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Contributed by Stephen Frost. Reviewed by David Steele, Cynthia Shang.) * Add backup/expire running status to the info command. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) Improvements: * Expire WAL archive only when repo-retention-archive threshold is met. WAL prior to the first full backup was previously expired after the first full backup. Now it is preserved according to retention settings. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add local MD5 implementation so S3 works when FIPS is enabled. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost. Suggested by Brian Almeida, John Kelley.) * PostgreSQL 13 beta1 support. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Reduce buffer-size default to 1MiB. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Throw user-friendly error if expire is not run on repository host. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2020-05-26 14:11:50 +02:00
class: core/vendor
type: c
v2.45: Block Incremental Backup (BETA) Bug Fixes: * Skip writing recovery.signal by default for restores of offline backups. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Marcel Borger.) Features: * Block incremental backup (BETA). (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Keep only one all-default group index. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Documentation Improvements: * Add explicit instructions for upgrading between 2.x versions. (Contributed by Christophe Courtois. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Remove references to SSH made obsolete when TLS was introduced.
2023-03-20 03:37:23 +02:00
src/common/crypto/xxhash.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/crypto/xxhash.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/crypto/xxhash.vendor.c.inc:
class: core/vendor
type: c
v2.03: Single Executable to Deploy Bug Fixes: * Fix potential buffer overrun in error message handling. (Reported by Lætitia.) * Fix archive write lock being taken for the synchronous archive-get command. (Reported by Uspen.) Improvements: * Embed exported C functions and Perl modules directly into the pgBackRest executable. * Use time_t instead of __time_t for better portability. (Suggested by Nick Floersch.) * Print total runtime in milliseconds at command end.
2018-05-23 01:53:25 +02:00
src/common/debug.c:
class: core
type: c
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/common/debug.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/encode.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/encode.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Move error modules to common/error directory. There are already enough files to warrant a separate directory and more are coming. Also remove extraneous includes.
2023-04-06 08:38:49 +02:00
src/common/error/error.auto.c.inc:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: core/auto
type: c
Move error modules to common/error directory. There are already enough files to warrant a separate directory and more are coming. Also remove extraneous includes.
2023-04-06 08:38:49 +02:00
src/common/error/error.auto.h:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: core/auto
type: c/h
Move error modules to common/error directory. There are already enough files to warrant a separate directory and more are coming. Also remove extraneous includes.
2023-04-06 08:38:49 +02:00
src/common/error/error.c:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Move error modules to common/error directory. There are already enough files to warrant a separate directory and more are coming. Also remove extraneous includes.
2023-04-06 08:38:49 +02:00
src/common/error/error.h:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
v2.46: Block Incremental Backup and SFTP Storage Features: * Block incremental backup. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * SFTP support for repository storage. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * PostgreSQL 16 support. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Allow page header checks to be skipped. (Reviewed by David Christensen. Suggested by David Christensen.) * Avoid chown() on recovery files during restore. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Marcelo Henrique Neppel. Suggested by Marcelo Henrique Neppel.) * Add error retry detail for HTTP retries. Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about using recovery type=none. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add note about running stanza-create on already-created repositories.
2023-05-22 10:13:13 +02:00
src/common/error/retry.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/error/retry.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
src/common/exec.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/exec.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/common/fork.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/fork.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/ini.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/ini.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
src/common/io/bufferRead.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/bufferRead.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/io/bufferWrite.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/bufferWrite.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.29: Auto S3 Credentials on AWS Bug Fixes: * Suppress errors when closing local/remote processes. Since the command has completed it is counterproductive to throw an error but still warn to indicate that something unusual happened. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by argdenis.) * Fix issue with = character in file or database names. (Reviewed by Bastian Wegge, Cynthia Shang. Reported by Brad Nicholson, Bastian Wegge.) Features: * Automatically retrieve temporary S3 credentials on AWS instances. (Contributed by David Steele, Stephen Frost. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, David Youatt, Aleš Zelený, Jeanette Bromage.) * Add archive-mode option to disable archiving on restore. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Stephen Frost.) Improvements: * PostgreSQL 13 beta3 support. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. * Asynchronous list/remove for S3/Azure storage. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost.) * Improve memory usage of unlogged relation detection in manifest build. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost, Brad Nicholson, Oscar. Suggested by Oscar, Brad Nicholson.) * Proactively close file descriptors after forking async process. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Cynthia Shang.) * Delay backup remote connection close until after archive check. (Contributed by Floris van Nee. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Improve detailed error output. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improve TLS error reporting. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Add none to compress-type option reference and fix example. (Reported by Ugo Bellavance, Don Seiler.) * Add missing azure type in repo-type option reference. (Fixed by Don Seiler. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix typo in repo-cipher-type option reference. (Fixed by Don Seiler. Reviewed by David Steele.) Documentation Improvements: * Clarify that expire must be run regularly when expire-auto is disabled. (Reviewed by Douglas J Hunley. Suggested by Douglas J Hunley.)
2020-08-31 13:28:22 +02:00
src/common/io/client.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/client.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/io/client.intern.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/io/fd.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/fd.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Rename handle to fd. Pretty much everywhere handle is used what is really meant is file descriptor (fd). This terminology got migrated over from Perl and is just not quite correct, or at least not as correct as fd. There were also plenty of places fd was used so now all uses are consistent. The Perl code was not updated but might be in a future commit.
2020-08-06 00:25:07 +02:00
src/common/io/fdRead.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/fdRead.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/io/fdWrite.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/fdWrite.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.05: Environment Variable Options and Exclude Temporary/Unlogged Relations Bug Fixes: * Fix issue where relative links in $PGDATA could be stored in the backup with the wrong path. This issue did not affect absolute links and relative tablespace links were caught by other checks. (Reported by Cynthia Shang.) * Remove incompletely implemented online option from the check command. Offline operation runs counter to the purpose of this command, which is to check if archiving and backups are working correctly. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fix issue where errors raised in C were not logged when called from Perl. pgBackRest properly terminated with the correct error code but lacked an error message to aid in debugging. (Reported by Douglas J Hunley.) * Fix issue when a boolean option (e.g. delta) was specified more than once. (Reported by Yogesh Sharma.) Features: * Allow any option to be set in an environment variable. This includes options that previously could only be specified on the command line, e.g. stanza, and secret options that could not be specified on the command-line, e.g. repo1-s3-key-secret. * Exclude temporary and unlogged relation (table/index) files from backup. Implemented using the same logic as the patches adding this feature to PostgreSQL, 8694cc96 and 920a5e50. Temporary relation exclusion is enabled in PostgreSQL ≥ 9.0. Unlogged relation exclusion is enabled in PostgreSQL ≥ 9.1, where the feature was introduced. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Allow arbitrary directories and/or files to be excluded from a backup. Misuse of this feature can lead to inconsistent backups so read the --exclude documentation carefully before using. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add log-subprocess option to allow file logging for local and remote subprocesses. * PostgreSQL 11 Beta 3 support. Improvements: * Allow zero-size files in backup manifest to reference a prior manifest regardless of timestamp delta. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improve asynchronous archive-get/archive-push performance by directly checking status files. (Contributed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve error message when a command is missing the stanza option. (Suggested by Sarah Conway.)
2018-08-31 19:19:43 +02:00
src/common/io/filter/buffer.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/filter/buffer.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
src/common/io/filter/filter.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/filter/filter.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
src/common/io/filter/filter.intern.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
src/common/io/filter/group.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/filter/group.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.16: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Retry S3 RequestTimeTooSkewed errors instead of immediately terminating. (Reported by sean0101n, Tim Garton, Jesper St John, Aleš Zelený.) * Fix incorrect handling of transfer-encoding response to HEAD request. (Reported by Pavel Suderevsky.) * Fix scoping violations exposed by optimizations in gcc 9. (Reported by Christian Lange, Ned T. Crigler.) Features: * Add repo-s3-port option for setting a non-standard S3 service port. Improvements: * The local command for backup is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by David Steele, Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented partly in C. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2019-08-05 18:03:04 +02:00
src/common/io/filter/sink.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/filter/sink.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.05: Environment Variable Options and Exclude Temporary/Unlogged Relations Bug Fixes: * Fix issue where relative links in $PGDATA could be stored in the backup with the wrong path. This issue did not affect absolute links and relative tablespace links were caught by other checks. (Reported by Cynthia Shang.) * Remove incompletely implemented online option from the check command. Offline operation runs counter to the purpose of this command, which is to check if archiving and backups are working correctly. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fix issue where errors raised in C were not logged when called from Perl. pgBackRest properly terminated with the correct error code but lacked an error message to aid in debugging. (Reported by Douglas J Hunley.) * Fix issue when a boolean option (e.g. delta) was specified more than once. (Reported by Yogesh Sharma.) Features: * Allow any option to be set in an environment variable. This includes options that previously could only be specified on the command line, e.g. stanza, and secret options that could not be specified on the command-line, e.g. repo1-s3-key-secret. * Exclude temporary and unlogged relation (table/index) files from backup. Implemented using the same logic as the patches adding this feature to PostgreSQL, 8694cc96 and 920a5e50. Temporary relation exclusion is enabled in PostgreSQL ≥ 9.0. Unlogged relation exclusion is enabled in PostgreSQL ≥ 9.1, where the feature was introduced. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Allow arbitrary directories and/or files to be excluded from a backup. Misuse of this feature can lead to inconsistent backups so read the --exclude documentation carefully before using. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add log-subprocess option to allow file logging for local and remote subprocesses. * PostgreSQL 11 Beta 3 support. Improvements: * Allow zero-size files in backup manifest to reference a prior manifest regardless of timestamp delta. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improve asynchronous archive-get/archive-push performance by directly checking status files. (Contributed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve error message when a command is missing the stanza option. (Suggested by Sarah Conway.)
2018-08-31 19:19:43 +02:00
src/common/io/filter/size.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/filter/size.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
src/common/io/http/client.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/http/client.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/io/http/common.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/http/common.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/io/http/header.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/http/header.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/io/http/query.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/http/query.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.28: Azure Repository Storage Bug Fixes: * Fix restore --force acting like --force --delta. This caused restore to replace files based on timestamp and size rather than overwriting, which meant some files that should have been updated were left unchanged. Normal restore and restore --delta were not affected by this issue. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Azure support for repository storage. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Don Seiler.) * Add expire-auto option. This allows automatic expiration after a successful backup to be disabled. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, David Steele.) Improvements: * Asynchronous S3 multipart upload. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Automatic retry for backup, restore, archive-get, and archive-push. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Disable query parallelism in PostgreSQL sessions used for backup control. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * PostgreSQL 13 beta2 support. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. * Improve handling of invalid HTTP response status. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improve error when pg1-path option missing for archive-get command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add hint when checksum delta is enabled after a timeline switch. (Reviewed by Matt Bunter, Cynthia Shang.) * Use PostgreSQL instead of postmaster where appropriate. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix incorrect example for repo-retention-full-type option. (Reported by Höseyin Sönmez.) * Remove internal commands from HTML and man command references. (Reported by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Update PostgreSQL versions used to build user guides. Also add version ranges to indicate that a user guide is accurate for a range of PostgreSQL versions even if it was built for a specific version. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Update FAQ for expiring a specific backup set. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Update FAQ to clarify default PITR behavior. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2020-07-20 14:57:22 +02:00
src/common/io/http/request.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/http/request.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/io/http/response.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/http/response.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/io/http/session.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/http/session.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.33: Multi-Repository and GCS Support Bug Fixes: * Fix option warnings breaking async archive-get/archive-push. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Lev Kokotov.) * Fix memory leak in backup during archive copy. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Christian ROUX, Efremov Egor.) * Fix stack overflow in cipher passphrase generation. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by bsiara.) * Fix repo-ls / on S3 repositories. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Lesovsky Alexey.) Features: * Multiple repository support. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, David Steele. Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Stephen Frost.) * GCS support for repository storage. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add archive-header-check option. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) Improvements: * Include recreated system databases during selective restore. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Exclude content-length from S3 signed headers. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Brian P Bockelman.) * Consolidate less commonly used repository storage options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Allow custom config-path default with ./configure --with-configdir. (Contributed by Michael Schout. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Log archive copy during backup. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) Documentation Improvements: * Update reference to include links to user guide examples. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Update selective restore documentation with caveats. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Add compress-type clarification to archive-copy documentation. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Add compress-level defaults per compress-type value. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add note about required NFS settings being the same as PostgreSQL. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2021-04-05 15:18:20 +02:00
src/common/io/http/url.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/http/url.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
src/common/io/io.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/io.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Removing chunking and block numbers from incremental block list. These were intended to allow the block list to be scanned without reading the map but were never utilized. They were left in "just in case" and because they did not seem to be doing any harm. In fact, it is better not to have the block numbers because this allows us set the block size at a future time as long as it is a factor of the super block size. One way this could be useful is to store older files without super blocks or a map in the full backup and then build a map for them if the file gets modified in a diff/incr backup. This would require reading the file from the full backup to build the map but it would be more space efficient and we could make more intelligent decisions about block size. It would also be possible to change the block size even if one had already been selected in a prior backup. Omitting the block numbers makes the chunking unnecessary since there is now no way to make sense of the block list without the map. Also, we might want to build maps for unchunked block lists, i.e. files that were copied normally.
2023-04-27 22:29:12 +02:00
src/common/io/limitRead.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/limitRead.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
src/common/io/read.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/read.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
src/common/io/read.intern.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.36: Minor Bug Fixes and Improvements Bug Fixes: * Allow "global" as a stanza prefix. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Younes Alhroub.) * Fix segfault on invalid GCS key file. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Henrik Feldt.) Improvements: * Allow link-map option to create new links. (Reviewed by Don Seiler, Stefan Fercot, Chris Bandy. Suggested by Don Seiler.) * Increase max index allowed for pg/repo options to 256. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add WebIdentity authentication for AWS S3. (Reviewed by James Callahan, Reid Thompson, Benjamin Blattberg, Andrew L'Ecuyer.) * Report backup file validation errors in backup.info. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add recovery start time to online backup restore log. (Reviewed by Tom Swartz, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Tom Swartz.) * Report original error and retries on local job failure. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Rename page checksum error to error list in info text output. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add hints to standby replay timeout message. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Leigh Downs.)
2021-11-01 14:59:14 +02:00
src/common/io/server.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/server.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/io/server.intern.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.29: Auto S3 Credentials on AWS Bug Fixes: * Suppress errors when closing local/remote processes. Since the command has completed it is counterproductive to throw an error but still warn to indicate that something unusual happened. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by argdenis.) * Fix issue with = character in file or database names. (Reviewed by Bastian Wegge, Cynthia Shang. Reported by Brad Nicholson, Bastian Wegge.) Features: * Automatically retrieve temporary S3 credentials on AWS instances. (Contributed by David Steele, Stephen Frost. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, David Youatt, Aleš Zelený, Jeanette Bromage.) * Add archive-mode option to disable archiving on restore. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Stephen Frost.) Improvements: * PostgreSQL 13 beta3 support. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. * Asynchronous list/remove for S3/Azure storage. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost.) * Improve memory usage of unlogged relation detection in manifest build. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost, Brad Nicholson, Oscar. Suggested by Oscar, Brad Nicholson.) * Proactively close file descriptors after forking async process. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Cynthia Shang.) * Delay backup remote connection close until after archive check. (Contributed by Floris van Nee. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Improve detailed error output. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improve TLS error reporting. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Add none to compress-type option reference and fix example. (Reported by Ugo Bellavance, Don Seiler.) * Add missing azure type in repo-type option reference. (Fixed by Don Seiler. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix typo in repo-cipher-type option reference. (Fixed by Don Seiler. Reviewed by David Steele.) Documentation Improvements: * Clarify that expire must be run regularly when expire-auto is disabled. (Reviewed by Douglas J Hunley. Suggested by Douglas J Hunley.)
2020-08-31 13:28:22 +02:00
src/common/io/session.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/session.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/io/session.intern.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.48: Repository Storage Tags Bug Fixes: * Fix issue restoring block incremental without a block list. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Burak Yurdakul. Reported by Burak Yurdakul.) Features: * Add --repo-storage-tag option to create object tags. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot, Timothée Peignier.) * Add known hosts checking for SFTP storage driver. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * Support for dual stack connections. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Add backup size completed/total to info command JSON output. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) Improvements: * Multi-stanza check command. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Retry reads of pg_control until checksum is valid. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Stephen Frost.) * Optimize WAL segment check after successful backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve GCS multi-part performance. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) * Allow archive-get command to run when stanza is stopped. (Reviewed by Tom Swartz, David Christensen, Reid Thompson.) * Accept leading tilde in paths for SFTP public/private keys. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Reload GCS credentials before renewing authentication token. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Daniel Farina.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix configuration reference example for the tls-server-address option. (Fixed by Hartmut Goebel. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix command reference example for the filter option. Test Suite Improvements: * Allow storage/sftp unit test to run without libssh2 installed. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Wu Ning.)
2023-09-25 15:32:15 +02:00
src/common/io/socket/address.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/socket/address.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.26: Non-blocking TLS Bug Fixes: * Remove empty subexpression from manifest regular expression. MacOS was not happy about this though other platforms seemed to work fine. (Fixed by David Raftis.) Improvements: * Non-blocking TLS implementation. (Reviewed by Slava Moudry, Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost.) * Only limit backup copy size for WAL-logged files. The prior behavior could possibly lead to postgresql.conf or postgresql.auto.conf being truncated in the backup. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * TCP keep-alive options are configurable. (Suggested by Marc Cousin.) * Add io-timeout option.
2020-04-20 21:44:31 +02:00
src/common/io/socket/client.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/socket/client.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/io/socket/common.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/socket/common.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.36: Minor Bug Fixes and Improvements Bug Fixes: * Allow "global" as a stanza prefix. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Younes Alhroub.) * Fix segfault on invalid GCS key file. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Henrik Feldt.) Improvements: * Allow link-map option to create new links. (Reviewed by Don Seiler, Stefan Fercot, Chris Bandy. Suggested by Don Seiler.) * Increase max index allowed for pg/repo options to 256. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add WebIdentity authentication for AWS S3. (Reviewed by James Callahan, Reid Thompson, Benjamin Blattberg, Andrew L'Ecuyer.) * Report backup file validation errors in backup.info. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add recovery start time to online backup restore log. (Reviewed by Tom Swartz, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Tom Swartz.) * Report original error and retries on local job failure. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Rename page checksum error to error list in info text output. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add hints to standby replay timeout message. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Leigh Downs.)
2021-11-01 14:59:14 +02:00
src/common/io/socket/server.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/socket/server.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.26: Non-blocking TLS Bug Fixes: * Remove empty subexpression from manifest regular expression. MacOS was not happy about this though other platforms seemed to work fine. (Fixed by David Raftis.) Improvements: * Non-blocking TLS implementation. (Reviewed by Slava Moudry, Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost.) * Only limit backup copy size for WAL-logged files. The prior behavior could possibly lead to postgresql.conf or postgresql.auto.conf being truncated in the backup. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * TCP keep-alive options are configurable. (Suggested by Marc Cousin.) * Add io-timeout option.
2020-04-20 21:44:31 +02:00
src/common/io/socket/session.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/socket/session.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
src/common/io/tls/client.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/tls/client.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.36: Minor Bug Fixes and Improvements Bug Fixes: * Allow "global" as a stanza prefix. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Younes Alhroub.) * Fix segfault on invalid GCS key file. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Henrik Feldt.) Improvements: * Allow link-map option to create new links. (Reviewed by Don Seiler, Stefan Fercot, Chris Bandy. Suggested by Don Seiler.) * Increase max index allowed for pg/repo options to 256. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add WebIdentity authentication for AWS S3. (Reviewed by James Callahan, Reid Thompson, Benjamin Blattberg, Andrew L'Ecuyer.) * Report backup file validation errors in backup.info. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add recovery start time to online backup restore log. (Reviewed by Tom Swartz, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Tom Swartz.) * Report original error and retries on local job failure. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Rename page checksum error to error list in info text output. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add hints to standby replay timeout message. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Leigh Downs.)
2021-11-01 14:59:14 +02:00
src/common/io/tls/common.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/tls/common.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/io/tls/server.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/tls/server.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.26: Non-blocking TLS Bug Fixes: * Remove empty subexpression from manifest regular expression. MacOS was not happy about this though other platforms seemed to work fine. (Fixed by David Raftis.) Improvements: * Non-blocking TLS implementation. (Reviewed by Slava Moudry, Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost.) * Only limit backup copy size for WAL-logged files. The prior behavior could possibly lead to postgresql.conf or postgresql.auto.conf being truncated in the backup. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * TCP keep-alive options are configurable. (Suggested by Marc Cousin.) * Add io-timeout option.
2020-04-20 21:44:31 +02:00
src/common/io/tls/session.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/tls/session.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
src/common/io/write.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/io/write.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
src/common/io/write.intern.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/common/lock.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/lock.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/log.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/log.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
src/common/logLevel.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.14: Bug Fix and Improvements Bug Fixes: * Fix segfault when process-max > 8 for archive-push/archive-get. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) Improvements: * Bypass database checks when stanza-delete issued with force. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by hatifnatt.) * Add configure script for improved multi-platform support. Documentation Features: * Add user guides for CentOS/RHEL 6/7.
2019-05-20 17:51:58 +02:00
src/common/macro.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/common/memContext.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/memContext.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/regExp.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/regExp.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.03: Single Executable to Deploy Bug Fixes: * Fix potential buffer overrun in error message handling. (Reported by Lætitia.) * Fix archive write lock being taken for the synchronous archive-get command. (Reported by Uspen.) Improvements: * Embed exported C functions and Perl modules directly into the pgBackRest executable. * Use time_t instead of __time_t for better portability. (Suggested by Nick Floersch.) * Print total runtime in milliseconds at command end.
2018-05-23 01:53:25 +02:00
src/common/stackTrace.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/stackTrace.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.29: Auto S3 Credentials on AWS Bug Fixes: * Suppress errors when closing local/remote processes. Since the command has completed it is counterproductive to throw an error but still warn to indicate that something unusual happened. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by argdenis.) * Fix issue with = character in file or database names. (Reviewed by Bastian Wegge, Cynthia Shang. Reported by Brad Nicholson, Bastian Wegge.) Features: * Automatically retrieve temporary S3 credentials on AWS instances. (Contributed by David Steele, Stephen Frost. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, David Youatt, Aleš Zelený, Jeanette Bromage.) * Add archive-mode option to disable archiving on restore. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Stephen Frost.) Improvements: * PostgreSQL 13 beta3 support. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. * Asynchronous list/remove for S3/Azure storage. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost.) * Improve memory usage of unlogged relation detection in manifest build. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost, Brad Nicholson, Oscar. Suggested by Oscar, Brad Nicholson.) * Proactively close file descriptors after forking async process. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Cynthia Shang.) * Delay backup remote connection close until after archive check. (Contributed by Floris van Nee. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Improve detailed error output. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improve TLS error reporting. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Add none to compress-type option reference and fix example. (Reported by Ugo Bellavance, Don Seiler.) * Add missing azure type in repo-type option reference. (Fixed by Don Seiler. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix typo in repo-cipher-type option reference. (Fixed by Don Seiler. Reviewed by David Steele.) Documentation Improvements: * Clarify that expire must be run regularly when expire-auto is disabled. (Reviewed by Douglas J Hunley. Suggested by Douglas J Hunley.)
2020-08-31 13:28:22 +02:00
src/common/stat.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/stat.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/common/time.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/time.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.40: OpenSSL 3 Support NOTE TO PACKAGERS: An experimental meson build has been added but packagers should continue to use the autoconf/make build for the foreseeable future. Improvements: * OpenSSL 3 support. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Create snapshot when listing contents of a path. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost.) * Force target-timeline=current when restore type=immediate. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Truncate files during delta restore when they are larger than expected. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Disable incremental manifest save when resume=n. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Set backup percent complete to zero before copy start. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Use S3 IsTruncated flag to determine list continuation. (Reviewed by John Morris, Soulou. Suggested by Christian Montagne.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Skip internal options in the configuration reference. (Reported by Francisco Miguel Biete.) Documentation Improvements: * Add link to PostgreSQL configuration in repository host section. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Julien Cigar.) Test Suite Improvements: * Add experimental Meson build. (Reviewed by Eli Schwartz, Sam Bassaly.) * Allow any path to be passed to the --test-path option. (Contributed by Andrey Sokolov. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix compile error when DEBUG_EXEC_TIME is defined without DEBUG. (Contributed by Andrey Sokolov. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2022-07-18 15:32:30 +02:00
src/common/type/blob.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/type/blob.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/common/type/buffer.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/type/buffer.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.03: Single Executable to Deploy Bug Fixes: * Fix potential buffer overrun in error message handling. (Reported by Lætitia.) * Fix archive write lock being taken for the synchronous archive-get command. (Reported by Uspen.) Improvements: * Embed exported C functions and Perl modules directly into the pgBackRest executable. * Use time_t instead of __time_t for better portability. (Suggested by Nick Floersch.) * Print total runtime in milliseconds at command end.
2018-05-23 01:53:25 +02:00
src/common/type/convert.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/type/convert.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.05: Environment Variable Options and Exclude Temporary/Unlogged Relations Bug Fixes: * Fix issue where relative links in $PGDATA could be stored in the backup with the wrong path. This issue did not affect absolute links and relative tablespace links were caught by other checks. (Reported by Cynthia Shang.) * Remove incompletely implemented online option from the check command. Offline operation runs counter to the purpose of this command, which is to check if archiving and backups are working correctly. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fix issue where errors raised in C were not logged when called from Perl. pgBackRest properly terminated with the correct error code but lacked an error message to aid in debugging. (Reported by Douglas J Hunley.) * Fix issue when a boolean option (e.g. delta) was specified more than once. (Reported by Yogesh Sharma.) Features: * Allow any option to be set in an environment variable. This includes options that previously could only be specified on the command line, e.g. stanza, and secret options that could not be specified on the command-line, e.g. repo1-s3-key-secret. * Exclude temporary and unlogged relation (table/index) files from backup. Implemented using the same logic as the patches adding this feature to PostgreSQL, 8694cc96 and 920a5e50. Temporary relation exclusion is enabled in PostgreSQL ≥ 9.0. Unlogged relation exclusion is enabled in PostgreSQL ≥ 9.1, where the feature was introduced. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Allow arbitrary directories and/or files to be excluded from a backup. Misuse of this feature can lead to inconsistent backups so read the --exclude documentation carefully before using. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add log-subprocess option to allow file logging for local and remote subprocesses. * PostgreSQL 11 Beta 3 support. Improvements: * Allow zero-size files in backup manifest to reference a prior manifest regardless of timestamp delta. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improve asynchronous archive-get/archive-push performance by directly checking status files. (Contributed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve error message when a command is missing the stanza option. (Suggested by Sarah Conway.)
2018-08-31 19:19:43 +02:00
src/common/type/json.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/type/json.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/common/type/keyValue.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/type/keyValue.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/type/list.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/type/list.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.34: PostgreSQL 14 Support Bug Fixes: * Fix issues with leftover spool files from a prior restore. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot, Floris van Nee. Reported by Floris van Nee.) * Fix issue when checking links for large numbers of tablespaces. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Avinash Vallarapu. Reported by Avinash Vallarapu.) * Free no longer needed remotes so they do not timeout during restore. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Francisco Miguel Biete.) * Fix help when a valid option is invalid for the specified command. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Add PostgreSQL 14 support. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add automatic GCS authentication for GCE instances. (Reviewed by Jan Wieck, Daniel Farina.) * Add repo-retention-history option to expire backup history. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, David Steele.) * Add db-exclude option. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Improvements: * Change archive expiration logging from detail to info level. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Remove stanza archive spool path on restore. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Do not write files atomically or sync paths during backup copy. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot, Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Update contributing documentation. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele, Stefan Fercot.) * Consolidate RHEL/CentOS user guide into a single document. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Clarify that repo-s3-role is not an ARN. (Contributed by Isaac Yuen. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2021-06-07 12:51:08 +02:00
src/common/type/object.c:
class: core
type: c
v2.26: Non-blocking TLS Bug Fixes: * Remove empty subexpression from manifest regular expression. MacOS was not happy about this though other platforms seemed to work fine. (Fixed by David Raftis.) Improvements: * Non-blocking TLS implementation. (Reviewed by Slava Moudry, Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost.) * Only limit backup copy size for WAL-logged files. The prior behavior could possibly lead to postgresql.conf or postgresql.auto.conf being truncated in the backup. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * TCP keep-alive options are configurable. (Suggested by Marc Cousin.) * Add io-timeout option.
2020-04-20 21:44:31 +02:00
src/common/type/object.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.32: Repository Commands Bug Fixes: * Fix resume after partial delete of backup by prior resume. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Tom Swartz.) Features: * Add repo-ls command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Add repo-get command. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot, David Steele. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add archive-mode-check option. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele, Michael Banck.) Improvements: * Improve archive-get performance. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2021-02-08 16:08:16 +02:00
src/common/type/pack.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/type/pack.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.20: Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fix archive-push/archive-get when PGDATA is symlinked. These commands tried to use cwd() as PGDATA but this would disagree with the path configured in pgBackRest if PGDATA was symlinked. If cwd() does not match the pgBackRest path then chdir() to the path and make sure the next cwd() matches the result from the first call. (Reported by Stephen Frost, Milosz Suchy.) * Fix reference list when backup.info is reconstructed in expire command. Since the backup command is still using the Perl version of reconstruct this issue will not express unless 1) there is a backup missing from backup.info and 2) the expire command is run directly instead of running after backup as usual. This unlikely combination of events means this is probably not a problem in the field. * Fix segfault on unexpected EOF in gzip decompression. (Reported by Stephen Frost.)
2019-12-12 15:20:21 +02:00
src/common/type/param.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/common/type/string.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/type/string.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.34: PostgreSQL 14 Support Bug Fixes: * Fix issues with leftover spool files from a prior restore. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot, Floris van Nee. Reported by Floris van Nee.) * Fix issue when checking links for large numbers of tablespaces. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Avinash Vallarapu. Reported by Avinash Vallarapu.) * Free no longer needed remotes so they do not timeout during restore. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Francisco Miguel Biete.) * Fix help when a valid option is invalid for the specified command. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Add PostgreSQL 14 support. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add automatic GCS authentication for GCE instances. (Reviewed by Jan Wieck, Daniel Farina.) * Add repo-retention-history option to expire backup history. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, David Steele.) * Add db-exclude option. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Improvements: * Change archive expiration logging from detail to info level. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Remove stanza archive spool path on restore. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Do not write files atomically or sync paths during backup copy. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot, Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Update contributing documentation. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele, Stefan Fercot.) * Consolidate RHEL/CentOS user guide into a single document. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Clarify that repo-s3-role is not an ARN. (Contributed by Isaac Yuen. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2021-06-07 12:51:08 +02:00
src/common/type/stringId.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/type/stringId.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/common/type/stringList.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/type/stringList.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.44: Remove PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2 Support Improvements: * Remove support for PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Restore errors when no backup matches the current version of PostgreSQL. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Soulou.) * Add compress-level range checking for each compress-type. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by gkleen, ViperRu.) Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about enabling "hierarchical namespace" on Azure storage. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Vojtech Galda, Pluggi, asjonos.) * Add replacement for linefeeds in monitoring example. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by rudonx, gmustdie, Ivan Shelestov.) * Clarify target-action behavior on various PostgreSQL versions. (Contributed by Chris Bandy. Reviewed by David Steele, Anton Kurochkin, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Anton Kurochkin, Chris Bandy.) * Updates and clarifications to index page. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add dark mode to the website. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2023-01-30 04:15:44 +02:00
src/common/type/stringStatic.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/type/stringStatic.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.39: Verify and File Bundling Bug Fixes: * Fix error thrown from FINALLY() causing an infinite loop. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Error on all lock failures except another process holding the lock. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson, Geir Råness. Reported by Geir Råness.) Features: * Backup file bundling for improved small file support. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson, Stefan Fercot, Chris Bandy.) * Verify command to validate the contents of a repository. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele, Stefan Fercot.) * PostgreSQL 15 support. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Show backup percent complete in info output. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Auto-select backup for restore command --type=lsn. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, David Steele.) * Suppress existing WAL warning when archive-mode-check is disabled. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add AWS IMDSv2 support. (Contributed by Nuno Pires. Reviewed by David Steele.) Improvements: * Allow repo-hardlink option to be changed after full backup. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) * Increase precision of percent complete logging for backup and restore. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Improve path validation for repo-* commands. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Improve stop command to honor stanza option. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by ragaoua.) * Improve error message for invalid repo-azure-key. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Seth Daniel.) * Add hint to check the log on archive-get/archive-push async error. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) * Add ClockError for unexpected clock skew and timezone changes. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Strip extensions from history manifest before showing in error message. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add user:group to lock permission error. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix incorrect reference to stanza-update in the user guide. (Fixed by Abubakar Mohammed. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix example for repo-gcs-key-type option in configuration reference. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) * Fix tls-server-auth example and add clarifications. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) Documentation Improvements: * Simplify messaging around supported versions in the documentation. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Reid Thompson, Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Add option type descriptions. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add FAQ about backup types and restore speed. (Contributed by David Christensen. Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) * Document required base branch for pull requests. (Contributed by David Christensen. Reviewed by Reid Thompson.)
2022-05-16 14:46:24 +02:00
src/common/type/stringZ.c:
class: core
type: c
Rename stringz.h to stringZ.h. This is more consistent with our file naming conventions.
2021-08-19 17:57:37 +02:00
src/common/type/stringZ.h:
v2.20: Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fix archive-push/archive-get when PGDATA is symlinked. These commands tried to use cwd() as PGDATA but this would disagree with the path configured in pgBackRest if PGDATA was symlinked. If cwd() does not match the pgBackRest path then chdir() to the path and make sure the next cwd() matches the result from the first call. (Reported by Stephen Frost, Milosz Suchy.) * Fix reference list when backup.info is reconstructed in expire command. Since the backup command is still using the Perl version of reconstruct this issue will not express unless 1) there is a backup missing from backup.info and 2) the expire command is run directly instead of running after backup as usual. This unlikely combination of events means this is probably not a problem in the field. * Fix segfault on unexpected EOF in gzip decompression. (Reported by Stephen Frost.)
2019-12-12 15:20:21 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/common/type/variant.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/type/variant.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/common/type/variantList.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/type/variantList.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
src/common/type/xml.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/type/xml.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.19: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fix remote timeout in delta restore. When performing a delta restore on a largely unchanged cluster the remote could timeout if no files were fetched from the repository within protocol-timeout. Add keep-alives to prevent remote timeout. (Reported by James Sewell, Jens Wilke.) * Fix handling of repeated HTTP headers. When HTTP headers are repeated they should be considered equivalent to a single comma-separated header rather than generating an error, which was the prior behavior. (Reported by donicrosby.) Improvements: * JSON output from the info command is no longer pretty-printed. Monitoring systems can more easily ingest the JSON without linefeeds. External tools such as jq can be used to pretty-print if desired. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Document how to contribute to pgBackRest. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Document maximum version for auto-stop option. (Contributed by Brad Nicholson.) Test Suite Improvements: * Fix container test path being used when --vm=none. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Fix mismatched timezone in expect test. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Don't autogenerate embedded libc code by default. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2019-11-12 22:51:28 +02:00
src/common/user.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/user.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/common/wait.c:
class: core
type: c
src/common/wait.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.37: TLS Server Bug Fixes: * Fix restore delta link mapping when path/file already exists. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson. Reported by Younes Alhroub.) * Fix socket leak on connection retries. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson. Reported by James Coleman.) Features: * Add TLS server. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Reid Thompson, Andrew L'Ecuyer.) * Add --cmd option. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, David Steele. Suggested by Virgile CREVON.) Improvements: * Check archive immediately after backup start. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson, David Christensen.) * Add timeline and checkpoint checks to backup. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Reid Thompson.) * Check that clusters are alive and correctly configured during a backup. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Error when restore is unable to find a backup to match the time target. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson, Douglas J Hunley. Suggested by Douglas J Hunley.) * Parse protocol/port in S3/Azure endpoints. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add warning when checkpoint_timeout exceeds db-timeout. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add verb to HTTP error output. (Contributed by Christoph Berg. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Allow y/n arguments for boolean command-line options. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Make backup size logging exactly match info command output. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Mahomed Hussein.) Documentation Improvements: * Display size option default and allowed values with appropriate units. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) * Fix typos and improve documentation for the tablespace-map-all option. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson. Suggested by Reid Thompson.) * Remove obsolete statement about future multi-repository support. (Suggested by David Christensen.)
2022-01-03 15:43:55 +02:00
src/config/common.c:
class: core
type: c
src/config/common.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/config/config.auto.h:
class: core/auto
type: c/h
src/config/config.c:
class: core
type: c
src/config/config.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.31: Minor Bug Fixes and Improvements Bug Fixes: * Allow [, #, and space as the first character in database names. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Cynthia Shang. Reported by Jefferson Alexandre.) * Create standby.signal only on PostgreSQL 12 when restore type is standby. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Reported by Keith Fiske.) Features: * Expire history files. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Report page checksum errors in info command text output. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add repo-azure-endpoint option. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Brian Peterson. Suggested by Brian Peterson.) * Add pg-database option. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Improvements: * Improve info command output when a stanza is specified but missing. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, David Steele. Suggested by uspen.) * Improve performance of large file lists in backup/restore commands. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Oscar.) * Add retries to PostgreSQL sleep when starting a backup. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Vitaliy Kukharik.) Documentation Improvements: * Replace RHEL/CentOS 6 documentation with RHEL/CentOS 8.
2020-12-07 16:55:00 +02:00
src/config/config.intern.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
src/config/exec.c:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: core
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
src/config/exec.h:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
src/config/load.c:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: core
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
src/config/load.h:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Add .inc extension to C files included in other C files. These files were never intended to be compiled on their own so the .c extension was a bit misleading. In particular Meson does not like .c files that are not intended to be compiled independently. Leave header files as is since they are already protected against being included more than once and are never expected to be compiled.
2022-05-31 22:06:41 +02:00
src/config/parse.auto.c.inc:
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
class: core/auto
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
src/config/parse.c:
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
class: core
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
src/config/parse.h:
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
src/config/protocol.c:
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
class: core
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
src/config/protocol.h:
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Update code count rules missed in 027c2638.
2019-05-02 22:33:23 +02:00
src/configure:
class: build
type: make
v2.16: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Retry S3 RequestTimeTooSkewed errors instead of immediately terminating. (Reported by sean0101n, Tim Garton, Jesper St John, Aleš Zelený.) * Fix incorrect handling of transfer-encoding response to HEAD request. (Reported by Pavel Suderevsky.) * Fix scoping violations exposed by optimizations in gcc 9. (Reported by Christian Lange, Ned T. Crigler.) Features: * Add repo-s3-port option for setting a non-standard S3 service port. Improvements: * The local command for backup is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by David Steele, Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented partly in C. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2019-08-05 18:03:04 +02:00
src/db/db.c:
class: core
type: c
src/db/db.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/db/helper.c:
class: core
type: c
src/db/helper.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/db/protocol.c:
class: core
type: c
src/db/protocol.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.05: Environment Variable Options and Exclude Temporary/Unlogged Relations Bug Fixes: * Fix issue where relative links in $PGDATA could be stored in the backup with the wrong path. This issue did not affect absolute links and relative tablespace links were caught by other checks. (Reported by Cynthia Shang.) * Remove incompletely implemented online option from the check command. Offline operation runs counter to the purpose of this command, which is to check if archiving and backups are working correctly. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fix issue where errors raised in C were not logged when called from Perl. pgBackRest properly terminated with the correct error code but lacked an error message to aid in debugging. (Reported by Douglas J Hunley.) * Fix issue when a boolean option (e.g. delta) was specified more than once. (Reported by Yogesh Sharma.) Features: * Allow any option to be set in an environment variable. This includes options that previously could only be specified on the command line, e.g. stanza, and secret options that could not be specified on the command-line, e.g. repo1-s3-key-secret. * Exclude temporary and unlogged relation (table/index) files from backup. Implemented using the same logic as the patches adding this feature to PostgreSQL, 8694cc96 and 920a5e50. Temporary relation exclusion is enabled in PostgreSQL ≥ 9.0. Unlogged relation exclusion is enabled in PostgreSQL ≥ 9.1, where the feature was introduced. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Allow arbitrary directories and/or files to be excluded from a backup. Misuse of this feature can lead to inconsistent backups so read the --exclude documentation carefully before using. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add log-subprocess option to allow file logging for local and remote subprocesses. * PostgreSQL 11 Beta 3 support. Improvements: * Allow zero-size files in backup manifest to reference a prior manifest regardless of timestamp delta. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improve asynchronous archive-get/archive-push performance by directly checking status files. (Contributed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve error message when a command is missing the stanza option. (Suggested by Sarah Conway.)
2018-08-31 19:19:43 +02:00
src/info/info.c:
class: core
type: c
src/info/info.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/info/infoArchive.c:
class: core
type: c
src/info/infoArchive.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
src/info/infoBackup.c:
class: core
type: c
src/info/infoBackup.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.05: Environment Variable Options and Exclude Temporary/Unlogged Relations Bug Fixes: * Fix issue where relative links in $PGDATA could be stored in the backup with the wrong path. This issue did not affect absolute links and relative tablespace links were caught by other checks. (Reported by Cynthia Shang.) * Remove incompletely implemented online option from the check command. Offline operation runs counter to the purpose of this command, which is to check if archiving and backups are working correctly. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fix issue where errors raised in C were not logged when called from Perl. pgBackRest properly terminated with the correct error code but lacked an error message to aid in debugging. (Reported by Douglas J Hunley.) * Fix issue when a boolean option (e.g. delta) was specified more than once. (Reported by Yogesh Sharma.) Features: * Allow any option to be set in an environment variable. This includes options that previously could only be specified on the command line, e.g. stanza, and secret options that could not be specified on the command-line, e.g. repo1-s3-key-secret. * Exclude temporary and unlogged relation (table/index) files from backup. Implemented using the same logic as the patches adding this feature to PostgreSQL, 8694cc96 and 920a5e50. Temporary relation exclusion is enabled in PostgreSQL ≥ 9.0. Unlogged relation exclusion is enabled in PostgreSQL ≥ 9.1, where the feature was introduced. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Allow arbitrary directories and/or files to be excluded from a backup. Misuse of this feature can lead to inconsistent backups so read the --exclude documentation carefully before using. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add log-subprocess option to allow file logging for local and remote subprocesses. * PostgreSQL 11 Beta 3 support. Improvements: * Allow zero-size files in backup manifest to reference a prior manifest regardless of timestamp delta. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improve asynchronous archive-get/archive-push performance by directly checking status files. (Contributed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve error message when a command is missing the stanza option. (Suggested by Sarah Conway.)
2018-08-31 19:19:43 +02:00
src/info/infoPg.c:
class: core
type: c
src/info/infoPg.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.19: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fix remote timeout in delta restore. When performing a delta restore on a largely unchanged cluster the remote could timeout if no files were fetched from the repository within protocol-timeout. Add keep-alives to prevent remote timeout. (Reported by James Sewell, Jens Wilke.) * Fix handling of repeated HTTP headers. When HTTP headers are repeated they should be considered equivalent to a single comma-separated header rather than generating an error, which was the prior behavior. (Reported by donicrosby.) Improvements: * JSON output from the info command is no longer pretty-printed. Monitoring systems can more easily ingest the JSON without linefeeds. External tools such as jq can be used to pretty-print if desired. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Document how to contribute to pgBackRest. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Document maximum version for auto-stop option. (Contributed by Brad Nicholson.) Test Suite Improvements: * Fix container test path being used when --vm=none. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Fix mismatched timezone in expect test. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Don't autogenerate embedded libc code by default. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2019-11-12 22:51:28 +02:00
src/info/manifest.c:
class: core
type: c
Rename infoManifest module to manifest. The manifest is not an info file so if anything it should be called backupManifest. But that seems too long for such a commonly used object so manifest seems better. Note that unlike Perl there is no storage manifest method so this stands as the only manifest in the C code, as befits its importance.
2019-09-06 01:53:00 +02:00
src/info/manifest.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/main.c:
class: core
type: c
Add experimental Meson build. Meson is a new build system that offers simpler syntax and superior performance to autoconf/make. In addition, Windows is supported natively. The Meson build appears complete, but currently is used only for auto-generation of code and the host build of pgbackrest. Some container upgrades will be required before Meson can be used for container builds. Also patch the Debian package to force autoconf/make rather than Meson.
2022-06-03 20:13:56 +02:00
src/meson.build:
class: build
type: meson
v2.16: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Retry S3 RequestTimeTooSkewed errors instead of immediately terminating. (Reported by sean0101n, Tim Garton, Jesper St John, Aleš Zelený.) * Fix incorrect handling of transfer-encoding response to HEAD request. (Reported by Pavel Suderevsky.) * Fix scoping violations exposed by optimizations in gcc 9. (Reported by Christian Lange, Ned T. Crigler.) Features: * Add repo-s3-port option for setting a non-standard S3 service port. Improvements: * The local command for backup is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by David Steele, Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented partly in C. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2019-08-05 18:03:04 +02:00
src/postgres/client.c:
class: core
type: c
src/postgres/client.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.51: Meson Build System NOTE TO PACKAGERS: The build system for pgBackRest is now meson. The autoconf/make build will not receive any new features and will be removed after a few releases. Bug Fixes: * Skip zero-length files for block incremental delta restore. (Reviewed by Sebastian Krause, René Højbjerg Larsen. Reported by Sebastian Krause.) * Fix performance regression in storage list. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Maksym Boguk.) * Fix progress logging when file size changes during backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by samkingno.) Improvements: * Improved support for dual stack connections. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Timothée Peignier.) * Make meson the primary build system. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Detect files that have not changed during non-delta incremental backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Prevent invalid recovery when backup_label removed. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve archive-push WAL segment queue handling. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Limit resume functionality to full backups. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * Update resume functionality for block incremental. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Allow --version and --help for version and help. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane. Suggested by Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Add detailed backtrace to autoconf/make build. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) Documentation Improvements: * Update references to recovery.conf. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2024-03-24 22:53:22 +02:00
src/postgres/interface.auto.c.inc:
class: core/auto
type: c
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
src/postgres/interface.c:
v2.02: Parallel Asynchronous Archive Get and Configuration Includes Bug Fixes: * Fix directory syncs running recursively when only the specified directory should be synced. (Reported by Craig A. James.) * Fix archive-copy throwing "path not found" error for incr/diff backups. (Reported by yummyliu, Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix failure in manifest build when two or more files in PGDATA are linked to the same directory. (Reported by Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix delta restore failing when a linked file is missing. * Fix rendering of key/value and list options in help. (Reported by Clinton Adams.) Features: * Add asynchronous, parallel archive-get. This feature maintains a queue of WAL segments to help reduce latency when PostgreSQL requests a WAL segment with restore_command. * Add support for additional pgBackRest configuration files in the directory specified by the --config-include-path option. Add --config-path option for overriding the default base path of the --config and --config-include-path option. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add repo-s3-token option to allow temporary credentials tokens to be configured. pgBackRest currently has no way to request new credentials so the entire command (e.g. backup, restore) must complete before the credentials expire. (Contributed by Yogesh Sharma.) Improvements: * Update the archive-push-queue-max, manifest-save-threshold, and buffer-size options to accept values in KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB where the multiplier is a power of 1024. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Make backup/restore path sync more efficient. Scanning the entire directory can be very expensive if there are a lot of small tables. The backup manifest contains the path list so use it to perform syncs instead of scanning the backup/restore path. * Show command parameters as well as command options in initial info log message. * Rename archive-queue-max option to archive-push-queue-max to avoid confusion with the new archive-get-queue-max option. The old option name will continue to be accepted.
2018-05-07 01:53:42 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
src/postgres/interface.h:
v2.02: Parallel Asynchronous Archive Get and Configuration Includes Bug Fixes: * Fix directory syncs running recursively when only the specified directory should be synced. (Reported by Craig A. James.) * Fix archive-copy throwing "path not found" error for incr/diff backups. (Reported by yummyliu, Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix failure in manifest build when two or more files in PGDATA are linked to the same directory. (Reported by Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix delta restore failing when a linked file is missing. * Fix rendering of key/value and list options in help. (Reported by Clinton Adams.) Features: * Add asynchronous, parallel archive-get. This feature maintains a queue of WAL segments to help reduce latency when PostgreSQL requests a WAL segment with restore_command. * Add support for additional pgBackRest configuration files in the directory specified by the --config-include-path option. Add --config-path option for overriding the default base path of the --config and --config-include-path option. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add repo-s3-token option to allow temporary credentials tokens to be configured. pgBackRest currently has no way to request new credentials so the entire command (e.g. backup, restore) must complete before the credentials expire. (Contributed by Yogesh Sharma.) Improvements: * Update the archive-push-queue-max, manifest-save-threshold, and buffer-size options to accept values in KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB where the multiplier is a power of 1024. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Make backup/restore path sync more efficient. Scanning the entire directory can be very expensive if there are a lot of small tables. The backup manifest contains the path list so use it to perform syncs instead of scanning the backup/restore path. * Show command parameters as well as command options in initial info log message. * Rename archive-queue-max option to archive-push-queue-max to avoid confusion with the new archive-get-queue-max option. The old option name will continue to be accepted.
2018-05-07 01:53:42 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
v2.48: Repository Storage Tags Bug Fixes: * Fix issue restoring block incremental without a block list. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Burak Yurdakul. Reported by Burak Yurdakul.) Features: * Add --repo-storage-tag option to create object tags. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot, Timothée Peignier.) * Add known hosts checking for SFTP storage driver. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * Support for dual stack connections. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Add backup size completed/total to info command JSON output. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) Improvements: * Multi-stanza check command. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Retry reads of pg_control until checksum is valid. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Stephen Frost.) * Optimize WAL segment check after successful backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve GCS multi-part performance. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) * Allow archive-get command to run when stanza is stopped. (Reviewed by Tom Swartz, David Christensen, Reid Thompson.) * Accept leading tilde in paths for SFTP public/private keys. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Reload GCS credentials before renewing authentication token. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Daniel Farina.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix configuration reference example for the tls-server-address option. (Fixed by Hartmut Goebel. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix command reference example for the filter option. Test Suite Improvements: * Allow storage/sftp unit test to run without libssh2 installed. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Wu Ning.)
2023-09-25 15:32:15 +02:00
src/postgres/interface/crc32.c:
class: core
type: c
src/postgres/interface/crc32.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
src/postgres/interface/page.c:
class: core
type: c
Use an extension to denote vendorized code. Vendorized code is copied from another project when a library is not available and a git subproject won't work. Currently all the vendorized code is copied from PostgreSQL but it makes sense to have a more general mechanism for indicating vendorized code. The .vendor extension will be used to denote vendorized code in the same way that .auto is used to denote auto-generated code.
2020-05-19 01:11:26 +02:00
src/postgres/interface/static.vendor.h:
v2.27: Expiration Improvements and Compression Drivers Bug Fixes: * Fix issue checking if file links are contained in path links. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Christophe Cavallié.) * Allow pg-path1 to be optional for synchronous archive-push. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Jerome Peng.) * The expire command now checks if a stop file is present. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Handle missing reason phrase in HTTP response. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Tenuun.) * Increase buffer size for lz4 compression flush. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Eric Radman.) * Ignore pg-host* and repo-host* options for the remote command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Pavel Suderevsky.) * Fix possibly missing pg1-* options for the remote command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Andrew L'Ecuyer.) Features: * Time-based retention for full backups. The --repo-retention-full-type option allows retention of full backups based on a time period, specified in days. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Pierre Ducroquet. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Ad hoc backup expiration. Allow the user to remove a specified backup regardless of retention settings. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Zstandard compression support. Note that setting compress-type=zst will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * bzip2 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=bz2 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Contributed by Stephen Frost. Reviewed by David Steele, Cynthia Shang.) * Add backup/expire running status to the info command. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) Improvements: * Expire WAL archive only when repo-retention-archive threshold is met. WAL prior to the first full backup was previously expired after the first full backup. Now it is preserved according to retention settings. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add local MD5 implementation so S3 works when FIPS is enabled. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost. Suggested by Brian Almeida, John Kelley.) * PostgreSQL 13 beta1 support. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Reduce buffer-size default to 1MiB. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Throw user-friendly error if expire is not run on repository host. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2020-05-26 14:11:50 +02:00
class: core/vendor
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
type: c/h
Refactor PostgreSQL interface to remove most code duplication. Having a copy per version worked well until it was time to add new features or modify existing functions. Then it was necessary to modify every version and try to keep them all in sync. Consolidate all the PostgreSQL types into a single file using #if for type versions. Many types do not change or change infrequently so this cuts down on duplication. In addition, it is far easier to see what has changed when a new version is added. Use macros to write the interface functions. There is still duplication here since some changes require a new copy of the macro, but it is far less than before.
2019-03-21 19:11:36 +02:00
src/postgres/interface/version.intern.h:
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
v2.27: Expiration Improvements and Compression Drivers Bug Fixes: * Fix issue checking if file links are contained in path links. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Christophe Cavallié.) * Allow pg-path1 to be optional for synchronous archive-push. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Jerome Peng.) * The expire command now checks if a stop file is present. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Handle missing reason phrase in HTTP response. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Tenuun.) * Increase buffer size for lz4 compression flush. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Eric Radman.) * Ignore pg-host* and repo-host* options for the remote command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Pavel Suderevsky.) * Fix possibly missing pg1-* options for the remote command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Andrew L'Ecuyer.) Features: * Time-based retention for full backups. The --repo-retention-full-type option allows retention of full backups based on a time period, specified in days. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Pierre Ducroquet. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Ad hoc backup expiration. Allow the user to remove a specified backup regardless of retention settings. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Zstandard compression support. Note that setting compress-type=zst will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * bzip2 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=bz2 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Contributed by Stephen Frost. Reviewed by David Steele, Cynthia Shang.) * Add backup/expire running status to the info command. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) Improvements: * Expire WAL archive only when repo-retention-archive threshold is met. WAL prior to the first full backup was previously expired after the first full backup. Now it is preserved according to retention settings. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add local MD5 implementation so S3 works when FIPS is enabled. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost. Suggested by Brian Almeida, John Kelley.) * PostgreSQL 13 beta1 support. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Reduce buffer-size default to 1MiB. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Throw user-friendly error if expire is not run on repository host. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2020-05-26 14:11:50 +02:00
src/postgres/interface/version.vendor.h:
class: core/vendor
type: c/h
Automatically create PostgreSQL version interfaces. Maintaining the version interfaces was complicated by the fact that each interface needed to be in separate compilation unit to avoid type conflicts. This also meant that various build/test files needed to be updated to add the new interfaces. Solve these problems by auto-generating all the interfaces into a single file. This is made possible by parsing defines and types out of the header files and creating macros to rename the types. At the end of the version interface everything is undef'd. Another benefit is that the auto-generated interfaces can be static and included directly into postgres/interface.c. Since some code generation is now always required for tests, change --no-gen to --min-gen in test.pl. It would also make sense to auto-generate the version defines in postgres/version.h, but that will be left for a future commit.
2022-06-06 19:52:56 +02:00
src/postgres/meson.build:
class: build
type: meson
v2.46: Block Incremental Backup and SFTP Storage Features: * Block incremental backup. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * SFTP support for repository storage. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * PostgreSQL 16 support. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Allow page header checks to be skipped. (Reviewed by David Christensen. Suggested by David Christensen.) * Avoid chown() on recovery files during restore. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Marcelo Henrique Neppel. Suggested by Marcelo Henrique Neppel.) * Add error retry detail for HTTP retries. Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about using recovery type=none. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add note about running stanza-create on already-created repositories.
2023-05-22 10:13:13 +02:00
src/postgres/version.auto.h:
class: core/auto
type: c/h
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
src/postgres/version.h:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
src/protocol/client.c:
class: core
type: c
src/protocol/client.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/protocol/helper.c:
class: core
type: c
src/protocol/helper.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/protocol/parallel.c:
class: core
type: c
src/protocol/parallel.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/protocol/parallelJob.c:
class: core
type: c
src/protocol/parallelJob.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/protocol/server.c:
class: core
type: c
src/protocol/server.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.36: Minor Bug Fixes and Improvements Bug Fixes: * Allow "global" as a stanza prefix. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Younes Alhroub.) * Fix segfault on invalid GCS key file. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Henrik Feldt.) Improvements: * Allow link-map option to create new links. (Reviewed by Don Seiler, Stefan Fercot, Chris Bandy. Suggested by Don Seiler.) * Increase max index allowed for pg/repo options to 256. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add WebIdentity authentication for AWS S3. (Reviewed by James Callahan, Reid Thompson, Benjamin Blattberg, Andrew L'Ecuyer.) * Report backup file validation errors in backup.info. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add recovery start time to online backup restore log. (Reviewed by Tom Swartz, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Tom Swartz.) * Report original error and retries on local job failure. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Rename page checksum error to error list in info text output. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add hints to standby replay timeout message. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Leigh Downs.)
2021-11-01 14:59:14 +02:00
src/storage/azure/helper.c:
class: core
type: c
src/storage/azure/helper.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.28: Azure Repository Storage Bug Fixes: * Fix restore --force acting like --force --delta. This caused restore to replace files based on timestamp and size rather than overwriting, which meant some files that should have been updated were left unchanged. Normal restore and restore --delta were not affected by this issue. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Azure support for repository storage. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Don Seiler.) * Add expire-auto option. This allows automatic expiration after a successful backup to be disabled. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, David Steele.) Improvements: * Asynchronous S3 multipart upload. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Automatic retry for backup, restore, archive-get, and archive-push. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Disable query parallelism in PostgreSQL sessions used for backup control. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * PostgreSQL 13 beta2 support. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. * Improve handling of invalid HTTP response status. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improve error when pg1-path option missing for archive-get command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add hint when checksum delta is enabled after a timeline switch. (Reviewed by Matt Bunter, Cynthia Shang.) * Use PostgreSQL instead of postmaster where appropriate. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix incorrect example for repo-retention-full-type option. (Reported by Höseyin Sönmez.) * Remove internal commands from HTML and man command references. (Reported by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Update PostgreSQL versions used to build user guides. Also add version ranges to indicate that a user guide is accurate for a range of PostgreSQL versions even if it was built for a specific version. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Update FAQ for expiring a specific backup set. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Update FAQ to clarify default PITR behavior. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2020-07-20 14:57:22 +02:00
src/storage/azure/read.c:
class: core
type: c
src/storage/azure/read.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/storage/azure/storage.c:
class: core
type: c
src/storage/azure/storage.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/storage/azure/storage.intern.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/storage/azure/write.c:
class: core
type: c
src/storage/azure/write.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.36: Minor Bug Fixes and Improvements Bug Fixes: * Allow "global" as a stanza prefix. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Younes Alhroub.) * Fix segfault on invalid GCS key file. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Henrik Feldt.) Improvements: * Allow link-map option to create new links. (Reviewed by Don Seiler, Stefan Fercot, Chris Bandy. Suggested by Don Seiler.) * Increase max index allowed for pg/repo options to 256. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add WebIdentity authentication for AWS S3. (Reviewed by James Callahan, Reid Thompson, Benjamin Blattberg, Andrew L'Ecuyer.) * Report backup file validation errors in backup.info. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add recovery start time to online backup restore log. (Reviewed by Tom Swartz, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Tom Swartz.) * Report original error and retries on local job failure. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Rename page checksum error to error list in info text output. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add hints to standby replay timeout message. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Leigh Downs.)
2021-11-01 14:59:14 +02:00
src/storage/cifs/helper.c:
class: core
type: c
src/storage/cifs/helper.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/cifs/storage.c:
v2.12: C Implementation of Archive Push IMPORTANT NOTE: The new TLS/SSL implementation forbids dots in S3 bucket names per RFC-2818. This security fix is required for compliant hostname verification. Bug Fixes: * Fix issues when a path option is / terminated. (Reported by Marc Cousin.) * Fix issues when log-level-file=off is set for the archive-get command. (Reported by Brad Nicholson.) * Fix C code to recognize host:port option format like Perl does. (Reported by Kyle Nevins.) * Fix issues with remote/local command logging options. Improvements: * The archive-push command is implemented entirely in C. * Increase process-max limit to 999. (Suggested by Rakshitha-BR.) * Improve error message when an S3 bucket name contains dots. Documentation Improvements: * Clarify that S3-compatible object stores are supported. (Suggested by Magnus Hagander.)
2019-04-11 15:14:22 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/cifs/storage.h:
v2.12: C Implementation of Archive Push IMPORTANT NOTE: The new TLS/SSL implementation forbids dots in S3 bucket names per RFC-2818. This security fix is required for compliant hostname verification. Bug Fixes: * Fix issues when a path option is / terminated. (Reported by Marc Cousin.) * Fix issues when log-level-file=off is set for the archive-get command. (Reported by Brad Nicholson.) * Fix C code to recognize host:port option format like Perl does. (Reported by Kyle Nevins.) * Fix issues with remote/local command logging options. Improvements: * The archive-push command is implemented entirely in C. * Increase process-max limit to 999. (Suggested by Rakshitha-BR.) * Improve error message when an S3 bucket name contains dots. Documentation Improvements: * Clarify that S3-compatible object stores are supported. (Suggested by Magnus Hagander.)
2019-04-11 15:14:22 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
v2.36: Minor Bug Fixes and Improvements Bug Fixes: * Allow "global" as a stanza prefix. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Younes Alhroub.) * Fix segfault on invalid GCS key file. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Henrik Feldt.) Improvements: * Allow link-map option to create new links. (Reviewed by Don Seiler, Stefan Fercot, Chris Bandy. Suggested by Don Seiler.) * Increase max index allowed for pg/repo options to 256. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add WebIdentity authentication for AWS S3. (Reviewed by James Callahan, Reid Thompson, Benjamin Blattberg, Andrew L'Ecuyer.) * Report backup file validation errors in backup.info. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add recovery start time to online backup restore log. (Reviewed by Tom Swartz, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Tom Swartz.) * Report original error and retries on local job failure. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Rename page checksum error to error list in info text output. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add hints to standby replay timeout message. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Leigh Downs.)
2021-11-01 14:59:14 +02:00
src/storage/gcs/helper.c:
class: core
type: c
src/storage/gcs/helper.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.33: Multi-Repository and GCS Support Bug Fixes: * Fix option warnings breaking async archive-get/archive-push. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Lev Kokotov.) * Fix memory leak in backup during archive copy. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Christian ROUX, Efremov Egor.) * Fix stack overflow in cipher passphrase generation. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by bsiara.) * Fix repo-ls / on S3 repositories. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Lesovsky Alexey.) Features: * Multiple repository support. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, David Steele. Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Stephen Frost.) * GCS support for repository storage. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add archive-header-check option. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) Improvements: * Include recreated system databases during selective restore. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Exclude content-length from S3 signed headers. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Brian P Bockelman.) * Consolidate less commonly used repository storage options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Allow custom config-path default with ./configure --with-configdir. (Contributed by Michael Schout. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Log archive copy during backup. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) Documentation Improvements: * Update reference to include links to user guide examples. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Update selective restore documentation with caveats. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Add compress-type clarification to archive-copy documentation. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Add compress-level defaults per compress-type value. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add note about required NFS settings being the same as PostgreSQL. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2021-04-05 15:18:20 +02:00
src/storage/gcs/read.c:
class: core
type: c
src/storage/gcs/read.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/storage/gcs/storage.c:
class: core
type: c
src/storage/gcs/storage.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/storage/gcs/storage.intern.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/storage/gcs/write.c:
class: core
type: c
src/storage/gcs/write.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/helper.c:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/helper.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/storage/info.h:
v2.02: Parallel Asynchronous Archive Get and Configuration Includes Bug Fixes: * Fix directory syncs running recursively when only the specified directory should be synced. (Reported by Craig A. James.) * Fix archive-copy throwing "path not found" error for incr/diff backups. (Reported by yummyliu, Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix failure in manifest build when two or more files in PGDATA are linked to the same directory. (Reported by Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix delta restore failing when a linked file is missing. * Fix rendering of key/value and list options in help. (Reported by Clinton Adams.) Features: * Add asynchronous, parallel archive-get. This feature maintains a queue of WAL segments to help reduce latency when PostgreSQL requests a WAL segment with restore_command. * Add support for additional pgBackRest configuration files in the directory specified by the --config-include-path option. Add --config-path option for overriding the default base path of the --config and --config-include-path option. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add repo-s3-token option to allow temporary credentials tokens to be configured. pgBackRest currently has no way to request new credentials so the entire command (e.g. backup, restore) must complete before the credentials expire. (Contributed by Yogesh Sharma.) Improvements: * Update the archive-push-queue-max, manifest-save-threshold, and buffer-size options to accept values in KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB where the multiplier is a power of 1024. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Make backup/restore path sync more efficient. Scanning the entire directory can be very expensive if there are a lot of small tables. The backup manifest contains the path list so use it to perform syncs instead of scanning the backup/restore path. * Show command parameters as well as command options in initial info log message. * Rename archive-queue-max option to archive-push-queue-max to avoid confusion with the new archive-get-queue-max option. The old option name will continue to be accepted.
2018-05-07 01:53:42 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
v2.40: OpenSSL 3 Support NOTE TO PACKAGERS: An experimental meson build has been added but packagers should continue to use the autoconf/make build for the foreseeable future. Improvements: * OpenSSL 3 support. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Create snapshot when listing contents of a path. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost.) * Force target-timeline=current when restore type=immediate. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Truncate files during delta restore when they are larger than expected. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Disable incremental manifest save when resume=n. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Set backup percent complete to zero before copy start. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Use S3 IsTruncated flag to determine list continuation. (Reviewed by John Morris, Soulou. Suggested by Christian Montagne.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Skip internal options in the configuration reference. (Reported by Francisco Miguel Biete.) Documentation Improvements: * Add link to PostgreSQL configuration in repository host section. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Julien Cigar.) Test Suite Improvements: * Add experimental Meson build. (Reviewed by Eli Schwartz, Sam Bassaly.) * Allow any path to be passed to the --test-path option. (Contributed by Andrey Sokolov. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix compile error when DEBUG_EXEC_TIME is defined without DEBUG. (Contributed by Andrey Sokolov. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2022-07-18 15:32:30 +02:00
src/storage/iterator.c:
class: core
type: c
src/storage/iterator.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/storage/list.c:
class: core
type: c
src/storage/list.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/posix/read.c:
v2.02: Parallel Asynchronous Archive Get and Configuration Includes Bug Fixes: * Fix directory syncs running recursively when only the specified directory should be synced. (Reported by Craig A. James.) * Fix archive-copy throwing "path not found" error for incr/diff backups. (Reported by yummyliu, Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix failure in manifest build when two or more files in PGDATA are linked to the same directory. (Reported by Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix delta restore failing when a linked file is missing. * Fix rendering of key/value and list options in help. (Reported by Clinton Adams.) Features: * Add asynchronous, parallel archive-get. This feature maintains a queue of WAL segments to help reduce latency when PostgreSQL requests a WAL segment with restore_command. * Add support for additional pgBackRest configuration files in the directory specified by the --config-include-path option. Add --config-path option for overriding the default base path of the --config and --config-include-path option. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add repo-s3-token option to allow temporary credentials tokens to be configured. pgBackRest currently has no way to request new credentials so the entire command (e.g. backup, restore) must complete before the credentials expire. (Contributed by Yogesh Sharma.) Improvements: * Update the archive-push-queue-max, manifest-save-threshold, and buffer-size options to accept values in KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB where the multiplier is a power of 1024. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Make backup/restore path sync more efficient. Scanning the entire directory can be very expensive if there are a lot of small tables. The backup manifest contains the path list so use it to perform syncs instead of scanning the backup/restore path. * Show command parameters as well as command options in initial info log message. * Rename archive-queue-max option to archive-push-queue-max to avoid confusion with the new archive-get-queue-max option. The old option name will continue to be accepted.
2018-05-07 01:53:42 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/posix/read.h:
v2.02: Parallel Asynchronous Archive Get and Configuration Includes Bug Fixes: * Fix directory syncs running recursively when only the specified directory should be synced. (Reported by Craig A. James.) * Fix archive-copy throwing "path not found" error for incr/diff backups. (Reported by yummyliu, Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix failure in manifest build when two or more files in PGDATA are linked to the same directory. (Reported by Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix delta restore failing when a linked file is missing. * Fix rendering of key/value and list options in help. (Reported by Clinton Adams.) Features: * Add asynchronous, parallel archive-get. This feature maintains a queue of WAL segments to help reduce latency when PostgreSQL requests a WAL segment with restore_command. * Add support for additional pgBackRest configuration files in the directory specified by the --config-include-path option. Add --config-path option for overriding the default base path of the --config and --config-include-path option. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add repo-s3-token option to allow temporary credentials tokens to be configured. pgBackRest currently has no way to request new credentials so the entire command (e.g. backup, restore) must complete before the credentials expire. (Contributed by Yogesh Sharma.) Improvements: * Update the archive-push-queue-max, manifest-save-threshold, and buffer-size options to accept values in KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB where the multiplier is a power of 1024. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Make backup/restore path sync more efficient. Scanning the entire directory can be very expensive if there are a lot of small tables. The backup manifest contains the path list so use it to perform syncs instead of scanning the backup/restore path. * Show command parameters as well as command options in initial info log message. * Rename archive-queue-max option to archive-push-queue-max to avoid confusion with the new archive-get-queue-max option. The old option name will continue to be accepted.
2018-05-07 01:53:42 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/posix/storage.c:
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/posix/storage.h:
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/posix/storage.intern.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/storage/posix/write.c:
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/posix/write.h:
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/read.c:
v2.12: C Implementation of Archive Push IMPORTANT NOTE: The new TLS/SSL implementation forbids dots in S3 bucket names per RFC-2818. This security fix is required for compliant hostname verification. Bug Fixes: * Fix issues when a path option is / terminated. (Reported by Marc Cousin.) * Fix issues when log-level-file=off is set for the archive-get command. (Reported by Brad Nicholson.) * Fix C code to recognize host:port option format like Perl does. (Reported by Kyle Nevins.) * Fix issues with remote/local command logging options. Improvements: * The archive-push command is implemented entirely in C. * Increase process-max limit to 999. (Suggested by Rakshitha-BR.) * Improve error message when an S3 bucket name contains dots. Documentation Improvements: * Clarify that S3-compatible object stores are supported. (Suggested by Magnus Hagander.)
2019-04-11 15:14:22 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/read.h:
v2.12: C Implementation of Archive Push IMPORTANT NOTE: The new TLS/SSL implementation forbids dots in S3 bucket names per RFC-2818. This security fix is required for compliant hostname verification. Bug Fixes: * Fix issues when a path option is / terminated. (Reported by Marc Cousin.) * Fix issues when log-level-file=off is set for the archive-get command. (Reported by Brad Nicholson.) * Fix C code to recognize host:port option format like Perl does. (Reported by Kyle Nevins.) * Fix issues with remote/local command logging options. Improvements: * The archive-push command is implemented entirely in C. * Increase process-max limit to 999. (Suggested by Rakshitha-BR.) * Improve error message when an S3 bucket name contains dots. Documentation Improvements: * Clarify that S3-compatible object stores are supported. (Suggested by Magnus Hagander.)
2019-04-11 15:14:22 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/read.intern.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/storage/remote/protocol.c:
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/remote/protocol.h:
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/remote/read.c:
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/remote/read.h:
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/remote/storage.c:
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/remote/storage.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/storage/remote/storage.intern.h:
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/remote/write.c:
v2.12: C Implementation of Archive Push IMPORTANT NOTE: The new TLS/SSL implementation forbids dots in S3 bucket names per RFC-2818. This security fix is required for compliant hostname verification. Bug Fixes: * Fix issues when a path option is / terminated. (Reported by Marc Cousin.) * Fix issues when log-level-file=off is set for the archive-get command. (Reported by Brad Nicholson.) * Fix C code to recognize host:port option format like Perl does. (Reported by Kyle Nevins.) * Fix issues with remote/local command logging options. Improvements: * The archive-push command is implemented entirely in C. * Increase process-max limit to 999. (Suggested by Rakshitha-BR.) * Improve error message when an S3 bucket name contains dots. Documentation Improvements: * Clarify that S3-compatible object stores are supported. (Suggested by Magnus Hagander.)
2019-04-11 15:14:22 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/remote/write.h:
v2.12: C Implementation of Archive Push IMPORTANT NOTE: The new TLS/SSL implementation forbids dots in S3 bucket names per RFC-2818. This security fix is required for compliant hostname verification. Bug Fixes: * Fix issues when a path option is / terminated. (Reported by Marc Cousin.) * Fix issues when log-level-file=off is set for the archive-get command. (Reported by Brad Nicholson.) * Fix C code to recognize host:port option format like Perl does. (Reported by Kyle Nevins.) * Fix issues with remote/local command logging options. Improvements: * The archive-push command is implemented entirely in C. * Increase process-max limit to 999. (Suggested by Rakshitha-BR.) * Improve error message when an S3 bucket name contains dots. Documentation Improvements: * Clarify that S3-compatible object stores are supported. (Suggested by Magnus Hagander.)
2019-04-11 15:14:22 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
v2.36: Minor Bug Fixes and Improvements Bug Fixes: * Allow "global" as a stanza prefix. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Younes Alhroub.) * Fix segfault on invalid GCS key file. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Henrik Feldt.) Improvements: * Allow link-map option to create new links. (Reviewed by Don Seiler, Stefan Fercot, Chris Bandy. Suggested by Don Seiler.) * Increase max index allowed for pg/repo options to 256. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add WebIdentity authentication for AWS S3. (Reviewed by James Callahan, Reid Thompson, Benjamin Blattberg, Andrew L'Ecuyer.) * Report backup file validation errors in backup.info. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add recovery start time to online backup restore log. (Reviewed by Tom Swartz, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Tom Swartz.) * Report original error and retries on local job failure. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Rename page checksum error to error list in info text output. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add hints to standby replay timeout message. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Leigh Downs.)
2021-11-01 14:59:14 +02:00
src/storage/s3/helper.c:
class: core
type: c
src/storage/s3/helper.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/s3/read.c:
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/s3/read.h:
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/s3/storage.c:
v2.02: Parallel Asynchronous Archive Get and Configuration Includes Bug Fixes: * Fix directory syncs running recursively when only the specified directory should be synced. (Reported by Craig A. James.) * Fix archive-copy throwing "path not found" error for incr/diff backups. (Reported by yummyliu, Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix failure in manifest build when two or more files in PGDATA are linked to the same directory. (Reported by Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix delta restore failing when a linked file is missing. * Fix rendering of key/value and list options in help. (Reported by Clinton Adams.) Features: * Add asynchronous, parallel archive-get. This feature maintains a queue of WAL segments to help reduce latency when PostgreSQL requests a WAL segment with restore_command. * Add support for additional pgBackRest configuration files in the directory specified by the --config-include-path option. Add --config-path option for overriding the default base path of the --config and --config-include-path option. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add repo-s3-token option to allow temporary credentials tokens to be configured. pgBackRest currently has no way to request new credentials so the entire command (e.g. backup, restore) must complete before the credentials expire. (Contributed by Yogesh Sharma.) Improvements: * Update the archive-push-queue-max, manifest-save-threshold, and buffer-size options to accept values in KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB where the multiplier is a power of 1024. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Make backup/restore path sync more efficient. Scanning the entire directory can be very expensive if there are a lot of small tables. The backup manifest contains the path list so use it to perform syncs instead of scanning the backup/restore path. * Show command parameters as well as command options in initial info log message. * Rename archive-queue-max option to archive-push-queue-max to avoid confusion with the new archive-get-queue-max option. The old option name will continue to be accepted.
2018-05-07 01:53:42 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/s3/storage.h:
v2.02: Parallel Asynchronous Archive Get and Configuration Includes Bug Fixes: * Fix directory syncs running recursively when only the specified directory should be synced. (Reported by Craig A. James.) * Fix archive-copy throwing "path not found" error for incr/diff backups. (Reported by yummyliu, Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix failure in manifest build when two or more files in PGDATA are linked to the same directory. (Reported by Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix delta restore failing when a linked file is missing. * Fix rendering of key/value and list options in help. (Reported by Clinton Adams.) Features: * Add asynchronous, parallel archive-get. This feature maintains a queue of WAL segments to help reduce latency when PostgreSQL requests a WAL segment with restore_command. * Add support for additional pgBackRest configuration files in the directory specified by the --config-include-path option. Add --config-path option for overriding the default base path of the --config and --config-include-path option. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add repo-s3-token option to allow temporary credentials tokens to be configured. pgBackRest currently has no way to request new credentials so the entire command (e.g. backup, restore) must complete before the credentials expire. (Contributed by Yogesh Sharma.) Improvements: * Update the archive-push-queue-max, manifest-save-threshold, and buffer-size options to accept values in KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB where the multiplier is a power of 1024. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Make backup/restore path sync more efficient. Scanning the entire directory can be very expensive if there are a lot of small tables. The backup manifest contains the path list so use it to perform syncs instead of scanning the backup/restore path. * Show command parameters as well as command options in initial info log message. * Rename archive-queue-max option to archive-push-queue-max to avoid confusion with the new archive-get-queue-max option. The old option name will continue to be accepted.
2018-05-07 01:53:42 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/s3/storage.intern.h:
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/s3/write.c:
v2.02: Parallel Asynchronous Archive Get and Configuration Includes Bug Fixes: * Fix directory syncs running recursively when only the specified directory should be synced. (Reported by Craig A. James.) * Fix archive-copy throwing "path not found" error for incr/diff backups. (Reported by yummyliu, Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix failure in manifest build when two or more files in PGDATA are linked to the same directory. (Reported by Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix delta restore failing when a linked file is missing. * Fix rendering of key/value and list options in help. (Reported by Clinton Adams.) Features: * Add asynchronous, parallel archive-get. This feature maintains a queue of WAL segments to help reduce latency when PostgreSQL requests a WAL segment with restore_command. * Add support for additional pgBackRest configuration files in the directory specified by the --config-include-path option. Add --config-path option for overriding the default base path of the --config and --config-include-path option. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add repo-s3-token option to allow temporary credentials tokens to be configured. pgBackRest currently has no way to request new credentials so the entire command (e.g. backup, restore) must complete before the credentials expire. (Contributed by Yogesh Sharma.) Improvements: * Update the archive-push-queue-max, manifest-save-threshold, and buffer-size options to accept values in KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB where the multiplier is a power of 1024. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Make backup/restore path sync more efficient. Scanning the entire directory can be very expensive if there are a lot of small tables. The backup manifest contains the path list so use it to perform syncs instead of scanning the backup/restore path. * Show command parameters as well as command options in initial info log message. * Rename archive-queue-max option to archive-push-queue-max to avoid confusion with the new archive-get-queue-max option. The old option name will continue to be accepted.
2018-05-07 01:53:42 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/s3/write.h:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
SFTP support for repository storage.
2023-05-13 18:16:16 +02:00
src/storage/sftp/helper.c:
class: core
type: c
src/storage/sftp/helper.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/storage/sftp/read.c:
class: core
type: c
src/storage/sftp/read.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/storage/sftp/storage.c:
class: core
type: c
src/storage/sftp/storage.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/storage/sftp/storage.intern.h:
class: core
type: c/h
src/storage/sftp/write.c:
class: core
type: c
src/storage/sftp/write.h:
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/storage.c:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/storage.h:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/storage.intern.h:
v2.02: Parallel Asynchronous Archive Get and Configuration Includes Bug Fixes: * Fix directory syncs running recursively when only the specified directory should be synced. (Reported by Craig A. James.) * Fix archive-copy throwing "path not found" error for incr/diff backups. (Reported by yummyliu, Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix failure in manifest build when two or more files in PGDATA are linked to the same directory. (Reported by Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix delta restore failing when a linked file is missing. * Fix rendering of key/value and list options in help. (Reported by Clinton Adams.) Features: * Add asynchronous, parallel archive-get. This feature maintains a queue of WAL segments to help reduce latency when PostgreSQL requests a WAL segment with restore_command. * Add support for additional pgBackRest configuration files in the directory specified by the --config-include-path option. Add --config-path option for overriding the default base path of the --config and --config-include-path option. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add repo-s3-token option to allow temporary credentials tokens to be configured. pgBackRest currently has no way to request new credentials so the entire command (e.g. backup, restore) must complete before the credentials expire. (Contributed by Yogesh Sharma.) Improvements: * Update the archive-push-queue-max, manifest-save-threshold, and buffer-size options to accept values in KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB where the multiplier is a power of 1024. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Make backup/restore path sync more efficient. Scanning the entire directory can be very expensive if there are a lot of small tables. The backup manifest contains the path list so use it to perform syncs instead of scanning the backup/restore path. * Show command parameters as well as command options in initial info log message. * Rename archive-queue-max option to archive-push-queue-max to avoid confusion with the new archive-get-queue-max option. The old option name will continue to be accepted.
2018-05-07 01:53:42 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/write.c:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: core
type: c
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/write.h:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
src/storage/write.intern.h:
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
class: core
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
src/version.h:
class: core
type: c/h
v2.32: Repository Commands Bug Fixes: * Fix resume after partial delete of backup by prior resume. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Tom Swartz.) Features: * Add repo-ls command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Add repo-get command. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot, David Steele. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add archive-mode-check option. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele, Michael Banck.) Improvements: * Improve archive-get performance. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2021-02-08 16:08:16 +02:00
test/ci.pl:
class: test/harness
type: perl
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
test/container.yaml:
class: test/harness
type: yaml
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/define.yaml:
class: test/harness
type: yaml
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/BuildTest.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/CodeCountTest.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/ContainerTest.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/DbVersion.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/DefineTest.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/ExecuteTest.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/Io/Base.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/Io/Buffered.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/Io/Filter.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/Io/Handle.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/Io/Process.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/JobTest.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/ListTest.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
v2.15: C Implementation of Expire Bug Fixes: * Fix archive retention expiring too aggressively. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Mohamad El-Rifai.) Improvements: * The expire command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The local command for restore is implemented entirely in C. * Remove hard-coded PostgreSQL user so $PGUSER works. (Suggested by Julian Zhang, Janis Puris.) * Honor configure --prefix option. (Suggested by Daniel Westermann.) * Rename repo-s3-verify-ssl option to repo-s3-verify-tls. The new name is preferred because pgBackRest does not support any SSL protocol versions (they are all considered to be insecure). The old name will continue to be accepted. Documentation Improvements: * Add FAQ to the documentation. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Use wal_level=replica in the documentation for PostgreSQL ≥ 9.6. (Suggested by Patrick McLaughlin.)
2019-06-25 14:29:06 +02:00
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/Storage.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/StorageBase.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
v2.15: C Implementation of Expire Bug Fixes: * Fix archive retention expiring too aggressively. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Mohamad El-Rifai.) Improvements: * The expire command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The local command for restore is implemented entirely in C. * Remove hard-coded PostgreSQL user so $PGUSER works. (Suggested by Julian Zhang, Janis Puris.) * Honor configure --prefix option. (Suggested by Daniel Westermann.) * Rename repo-s3-verify-ssl option to repo-s3-verify-tls. The new name is preferred because pgBackRest does not support any SSL protocol versions (they are all considered to be insecure). The old name will continue to be accepted. Documentation Improvements: * Add FAQ to the documentation. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Use wal_level=replica in the documentation for PostgreSQL ≥ 9.6. (Suggested by Patrick McLaughlin.)
2019-06-25 14:29:06 +02:00
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/StoragePosix.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/StoragePosixRead.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/StoragePosixWrite.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/VmTest.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
test/lib/pgBackRestTest/Common/Wait.pm:
class: test/harness
type: perl
v2.40: OpenSSL 3 Support NOTE TO PACKAGERS: An experimental meson build has been added but packagers should continue to use the autoconf/make build for the foreseeable future. Improvements: * OpenSSL 3 support. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Create snapshot when listing contents of a path. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost.) * Force target-timeline=current when restore type=immediate. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Truncate files during delta restore when they are larger than expected. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Disable incremental manifest save when resume=n. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Set backup percent complete to zero before copy start. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Use S3 IsTruncated flag to determine list continuation. (Reviewed by John Morris, Soulou. Suggested by Christian Montagne.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Skip internal options in the configuration reference. (Reported by Francisco Miguel Biete.) Documentation Improvements: * Add link to PostgreSQL configuration in repository host section. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Julien Cigar.) Test Suite Improvements: * Add experimental Meson build. (Reviewed by Eli Schwartz, Sam Bassaly.) * Allow any path to be passed to the --test-path option. (Contributed by Andrey Sokolov. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix compile error when DEBUG_EXEC_TIME is defined without DEBUG. (Contributed by Andrey Sokolov. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2022-07-18 15:32:30 +02:00
test/src/build/config/config.yaml:
class: test/harness
type: yaml
test/src/build/help/help.xml:
class: test/harness
type: xml
test/src/command/help/meson.build:
class: build
type: meson
test/src/command/test/build.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/command/test/build.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
Migrate coverage testing to C and remove dependency on lcov. lcov does not seem to be very well maintained and is often not compatible with the version of gcc it ships with until a few months after a new distro is released. In any case, lcov is that not useful for us because it generates reports on all coverage while we are mainly interested in missing coverage during development. Instead use the JSON output generated by gcov to generate our minimal coverage report and metrics for the documentation. There are some slight differences in the metrics. The difference in the common module was due to a bug in the old code -- build/common was being added into common as well as being reported separately. The source of the two additional branches in the backup module is unknown but almost certainly down to how exclusions are processed with regular expressions. Since there is additional coverage rather than coverage missing this seems fine. Since this was pretty much a rewrite it was also a good time to migrate to C.
2024-05-31 06:52:07 +02:00
test/src/command/test/coverage.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/command/test/coverage.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.40: OpenSSL 3 Support NOTE TO PACKAGERS: An experimental meson build has been added but packagers should continue to use the autoconf/make build for the foreseeable future. Improvements: * OpenSSL 3 support. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Create snapshot when listing contents of a path. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost.) * Force target-timeline=current when restore type=immediate. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Truncate files during delta restore when they are larger than expected. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Disable incremental manifest save when resume=n. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Set backup percent complete to zero before copy start. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Use S3 IsTruncated flag to determine list continuation. (Reviewed by John Morris, Soulou. Suggested by Christian Montagne.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Skip internal options in the configuration reference. (Reported by Francisco Miguel Biete.) Documentation Improvements: * Add link to PostgreSQL configuration in repository host section. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Julien Cigar.) Test Suite Improvements: * Add experimental Meson build. (Reviewed by Eli Schwartz, Sam Bassaly.) * Allow any path to be passed to the --test-path option. (Contributed by Andrey Sokolov. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix compile error when DEBUG_EXEC_TIME is defined without DEBUG. (Contributed by Andrey Sokolov. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2022-07-18 15:32:30 +02:00
test/src/command/test/define.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/command/test/define.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
test/src/command/test/test.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/command/test/test.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.44: Remove PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2 Support Improvements: * Remove support for PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Restore errors when no backup matches the current version of PostgreSQL. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Soulou.) * Add compress-level range checking for each compress-type. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by gkleen, ViperRu.) Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about enabling "hierarchical namespace" on Azure storage. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Vojtech Galda, Pluggi, asjonos.) * Add replacement for linefeeds in monitoring example. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by rudonx, gmustdie, Ivan Shelestov.) * Clarify target-action behavior on various PostgreSQL versions. (Contributed by Chris Bandy. Reviewed by David Steele, Anton Kurochkin, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Anton Kurochkin, Chris Bandy.) * Updates and clarifications to index page. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add dark mode to the website. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2023-01-30 04:15:44 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessBackup.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessBackup.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.50: Performance Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fix short read in block incremental restore. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Brent Graveland. Reported by Adol Rodriguez, Brent Graveland.) * Fix overflow suppressing backup progress in info output. (Fixed by Robert Donovan. Reviewed by Joe Wildish.) Improvements: * Preserve partial files during block incremental delta restore. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Add support for alternate compile-time page sizes. (Contributed by Viktor Kurilko. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Skip files truncated during backup when bundling. (Contributed by Georgy Shelkovy. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Improve SFTP storage error messages. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2024-01-22 14:54:59 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessBlockIncr.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessBlockIncr.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessConfig.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessConfig.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.03: Single Executable to Deploy Bug Fixes: * Fix potential buffer overrun in error message handling. (Reported by Lætitia.) * Fix archive write lock being taken for the synchronous archive-get command. (Reported by Uspen.) Improvements: * Embed exported C functions and Perl modules directly into the pgBackRest executable. * Use time_t instead of __time_t for better portability. (Suggested by Nick Floersch.) * Print total runtime in milliseconds at command end.
2018-05-23 01:53:25 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessDebug.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.35: Binary Protocol IMPORTANT NOTE: The log level for copied files in the backup/restore commands has been changed to detail. This makes the info log level less noisy but if these messages are required then set the log level for the backup/restore commands to detail. Bug Fixes: * Detect errors in S3 multi-part upload finalize. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Marco Montagna. Reported by Marco Montagna, Lev Kokotov, Anderson A. Mallmann.) * Fix detection of circular symlinks. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Rohit Raveendran.) * Only pass selected repo options to the remote. (Reviewed by David Christensen, Cynthia Shang. Reported by Greg Sabino Mullane, David Christensen.) Improvements: * Binary protocol. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Automatically create data directory on restore. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Chris Bandy.) * Allow restore --type=lsn. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by James Coleman.) * Change level of backup/restore copied file logging to detail. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Loop while waiting for checkpoint LSN to reach replay LSN. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Fatih Mencutekin.) * Log backup file total and restore size/file total. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix incorrect host names in user guide. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Greg Sabino Mullane.) Documentation Improvements: * Update contributing documentation and add pull request template. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Rearrange backup documentation in user guide. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Clarify restore --type behavior in command reference. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix documentation and comment typos. (Contributed by Eric Radman. Reviewed by David Steele.) Test Suite Improvements: * Add check for test path inside repo path. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane. Suggested by Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Add CodeQL static code analysis. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Update tests to use standard patterns. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2021-08-23 12:52:51 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessError.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessError.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.46: Block Incremental Backup and SFTP Storage Features: * Block incremental backup. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * SFTP support for repository storage. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * PostgreSQL 16 support. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Allow page header checks to be skipped. (Reviewed by David Christensen. Suggested by David Christensen.) * Avoid chown() on recovery files during restore. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Marcelo Henrique Neppel. Suggested by Marcelo Henrique Neppel.) * Add error retry detail for HTTP retries. Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about using recovery type=none. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add note about running stanza-create on already-created repositories.
2023-05-22 10:13:13 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessErrorRetry.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessErrorRetry.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.47: Performance Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Preserve block incremental info in manifest during delta backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Francisco Miguel Biete Banon.) * Fix block incremental file names in verify command. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson. Reported by Francisco Miguel Biete Banon.) * Fix spurious automatic delta backup on backup from standby. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by krmozejko, Don Seiler.) * Skip recovery.signal for PostgreSQL >= 12 when recovery type=none. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by T.Anastacio.) * Fix unique label generation for diff/incr backup. (Fixed by Andrey Sokolov. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix time-based archive expiration when no backups are expired. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Improve performance of SFTP storage driver. (Contributed by Stephen Frost, Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add timezone offset to info command date/time output. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Philip Hurst. Suggested by Philip Hurst.) * Centralize error handling for unsupported features. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Documentation Improvements: * Clarify preference to install from packages in the user guide. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by dr-kd.)
2023-07-24 09:12:30 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessFd.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessFd.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.02: Parallel Asynchronous Archive Get and Configuration Includes Bug Fixes: * Fix directory syncs running recursively when only the specified directory should be synced. (Reported by Craig A. James.) * Fix archive-copy throwing "path not found" error for incr/diff backups. (Reported by yummyliu, Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix failure in manifest build when two or more files in PGDATA are linked to the same directory. (Reported by Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix delta restore failing when a linked file is missing. * Fix rendering of key/value and list options in help. (Reported by Clinton Adams.) Features: * Add asynchronous, parallel archive-get. This feature maintains a queue of WAL segments to help reduce latency when PostgreSQL requests a WAL segment with restore_command. * Add support for additional pgBackRest configuration files in the directory specified by the --config-include-path option. Add --config-path option for overriding the default base path of the --config and --config-include-path option. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add repo-s3-token option to allow temporary credentials tokens to be configured. pgBackRest currently has no way to request new credentials so the entire command (e.g. backup, restore) must complete before the credentials expire. (Contributed by Yogesh Sharma.) Improvements: * Update the archive-push-queue-max, manifest-save-threshold, and buffer-size options to accept values in KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB where the multiplier is a power of 1024. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Make backup/restore path sync more efficient. Scanning the entire directory can be very expensive if there are a lot of small tables. The backup manifest contains the path list so use it to perform syncs instead of scanning the backup/restore path. * Show command parameters as well as command options in initial info log message. * Rename archive-queue-max option to archive-push-queue-max to avoid confusion with the new archive-get-queue-max option. The old option name will continue to be accepted.
2018-05-07 01:53:42 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessFork.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.51: Meson Build System NOTE TO PACKAGERS: The build system for pgBackRest is now meson. The autoconf/make build will not receive any new features and will be removed after a few releases. Bug Fixes: * Skip zero-length files for block incremental delta restore. (Reviewed by Sebastian Krause, René Højbjerg Larsen. Reported by Sebastian Krause.) * Fix performance regression in storage list. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Maksym Boguk.) * Fix progress logging when file size changes during backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by samkingno.) Improvements: * Improved support for dual stack connections. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Timothée Peignier.) * Make meson the primary build system. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Detect files that have not changed during non-delta incremental backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Prevent invalid recovery when backup_label removed. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve archive-push WAL segment queue handling. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Limit resume functionality to full backups. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * Update resume functionality for block incremental. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Allow --version and --help for version and help. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane. Suggested by Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Add detailed backtrace to autoconf/make build. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) Documentation Improvements: * Update references to recovery.conf. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2024-03-24 22:53:22 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessHost.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessHost.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
Simplify storage object names. Remove "File" and "Driver" from object names so they are shorter and easier to keep consistent. Also remove the "driver" directory so storage implementations are visible directly under "storage".
2019-05-03 21:46:15 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessInfo.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessInfo.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.46: Block Incremental Backup and SFTP Storage Features: * Block incremental backup. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * SFTP support for repository storage. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * PostgreSQL 16 support. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Allow page header checks to be skipped. (Reviewed by David Christensen. Suggested by David Christensen.) * Avoid chown() on recovery files during restore. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Marcelo Henrique Neppel. Suggested by Marcelo Henrique Neppel.) * Add error retry detail for HTTP retries. Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about using recovery type=none. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add note about running stanza-create on already-created repositories.
2023-05-22 10:13:13 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessLibSsh2.c:
SFTP support for repository storage.
2023-05-13 18:16:16 +02:00
class: test/harness
type: c
v2.46: Block Incremental Backup and SFTP Storage Features: * Block incremental backup. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * SFTP support for repository storage. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * PostgreSQL 16 support. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Allow page header checks to be skipped. (Reviewed by David Christensen. Suggested by David Christensen.) * Avoid chown() on recovery files during restore. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Marcelo Henrique Neppel. Suggested by Marcelo Henrique Neppel.) * Add error retry detail for HTTP retries. Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about using recovery type=none. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add note about running stanza-create on already-created repositories.
2023-05-22 10:13:13 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessLibSsh2.h:
SFTP support for repository storage.
2023-05-13 18:16:16 +02:00
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.46: Block Incremental Backup and SFTP Storage Features: * Block incremental backup. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * SFTP support for repository storage. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * PostgreSQL 16 support. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Allow page header checks to be skipped. (Reviewed by David Christensen. Suggested by David Christensen.) * Avoid chown() on recovery files during restore. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Marcelo Henrique Neppel. Suggested by Marcelo Henrique Neppel.) * Add error retry detail for HTTP retries. Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about using recovery type=none. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add note about running stanza-create on already-created repositories.
2023-05-22 10:13:13 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessLock.c:
SFTP support for repository storage.
2023-05-13 18:16:16 +02:00
class: test/harness
type: c
v2.46: Block Incremental Backup and SFTP Storage Features: * Block incremental backup. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * SFTP support for repository storage. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * PostgreSQL 16 support. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Allow page header checks to be skipped. (Reviewed by David Christensen. Suggested by David Christensen.) * Avoid chown() on recovery files during restore. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Marcelo Henrique Neppel. Suggested by Marcelo Henrique Neppel.) * Add error retry detail for HTTP retries. Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about using recovery type=none. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add note about running stanza-create on already-created repositories.
2023-05-22 10:13:13 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessLock.h:
SFTP support for repository storage.
2023-05-13 18:16:16 +02:00
class: test/harness
type: c/h
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessLog.c:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: test/harness
type: c
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessLog.h:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.44: Remove PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2 Support Improvements: * Remove support for PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Restore errors when no backup matches the current version of PostgreSQL. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Soulou.) * Add compress-level range checking for each compress-type. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by gkleen, ViperRu.) Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about enabling "hierarchical namespace" on Azure storage. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Vojtech Galda, Pluggi, asjonos.) * Add replacement for linefeeds in monitoring example. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by rudonx, gmustdie, Ivan Shelestov.) * Clarify target-action behavior on various PostgreSQL versions. (Contributed by Chris Bandy. Reviewed by David Steele, Anton Kurochkin, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Anton Kurochkin, Chris Bandy.) * Updates and clarifications to index page. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add dark mode to the website. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2023-01-30 04:15:44 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessManifest.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessManifest.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.32: Repository Commands Bug Fixes: * Fix resume after partial delete of backup by prior resume. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Tom Swartz.) Features: * Add repo-ls command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Add repo-get command. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot, David Steele. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add archive-mode-check option. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele, Michael Banck.) Improvements: * Improve archive-get performance. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2021-02-08 16:08:16 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessPack.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessPack.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.34: PostgreSQL 14 Support Bug Fixes: * Fix issues with leftover spool files from a prior restore. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot, Floris van Nee. Reported by Floris van Nee.) * Fix issue when checking links for large numbers of tablespaces. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Avinash Vallarapu. Reported by Avinash Vallarapu.) * Free no longer needed remotes so they do not timeout during restore. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Francisco Miguel Biete.) * Fix help when a valid option is invalid for the specified command. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Add PostgreSQL 14 support. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add automatic GCS authentication for GCE instances. (Reviewed by Jan Wieck, Daniel Farina.) * Add repo-retention-history option to expire backup history. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, David Steele.) * Add db-exclude option. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Improvements: * Change archive expiration logging from detail to info level. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Remove stanza archive spool path on restore. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Do not write files atomically or sync paths during backup copy. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot, Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Update contributing documentation. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele, Stefan Fercot.) * Consolidate RHEL/CentOS user guide into a single document. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Clarify that repo-s3-role is not an ARN. (Contributed by Isaac Yuen. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2021-06-07 12:51:08 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessPostgres.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessPostgres.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
test/src/common/harnessPostgres/harness094.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessPostgres/harness095.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessPostgres/harness096.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessPostgres/harness100.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessPostgres/harness110.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessPostgres/harness120.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessPostgres/harness130.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessPostgres/harness140.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
v2.39: Verify and File Bundling Bug Fixes: * Fix error thrown from FINALLY() causing an infinite loop. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Error on all lock failures except another process holding the lock. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson, Geir Råness. Reported by Geir Råness.) Features: * Backup file bundling for improved small file support. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson, Stefan Fercot, Chris Bandy.) * Verify command to validate the contents of a repository. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele, Stefan Fercot.) * PostgreSQL 15 support. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Show backup percent complete in info output. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Auto-select backup for restore command --type=lsn. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, David Steele.) * Suppress existing WAL warning when archive-mode-check is disabled. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add AWS IMDSv2 support. (Contributed by Nuno Pires. Reviewed by David Steele.) Improvements: * Allow repo-hardlink option to be changed after full backup. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) * Increase precision of percent complete logging for backup and restore. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Improve path validation for repo-* commands. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Improve stop command to honor stanza option. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by ragaoua.) * Improve error message for invalid repo-azure-key. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Seth Daniel.) * Add hint to check the log on archive-get/archive-push async error. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) * Add ClockError for unexpected clock skew and timezone changes. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Strip extensions from history manifest before showing in error message. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add user:group to lock permission error. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix incorrect reference to stanza-update in the user guide. (Fixed by Abubakar Mohammed. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix example for repo-gcs-key-type option in configuration reference. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) * Fix tls-server-auth example and add clarifications. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) Documentation Improvements: * Simplify messaging around supported versions in the documentation. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Reid Thompson, Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Add option type descriptions. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add FAQ about backup types and restore speed. (Contributed by David Christensen. Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) * Document required base branch for pull requests. (Contributed by David Christensen. Reviewed by Reid Thompson.)
2022-05-16 14:46:24 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessPostgres/harness150.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
v2.46: Block Incremental Backup and SFTP Storage Features: * Block incremental backup. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * SFTP support for repository storage. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * PostgreSQL 16 support. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Allow page header checks to be skipped. (Reviewed by David Christensen. Suggested by David Christensen.) * Avoid chown() on recovery files during restore. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Marcelo Henrique Neppel. Suggested by Marcelo Henrique Neppel.) * Add error retry detail for HTTP retries. Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about using recovery type=none. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add note about running stanza-create on already-created repositories.
2023-05-22 10:13:13 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessPostgres/harness160.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
v2.52: PostgreSQL 17 support NOTE TO PACKAGERS: The build system for pgBackRest is now meson. The autoconf/make build will not receive any new features and will be removed after a few releases. Features: * Add GCS batch delete support. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson.) * S3 SSE-C encryption support. (Reviewed by Tim Jones. Suggested by Tim Jones.) * PostgreSQL 17 support. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Allow explicit disabling of optional dependencies in meson builds. (Contributed by Michael Schout. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Dynamically find python in meson build. (Contributed by Michael Schout. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Tag pgbackrest build target in meson as installable. (Contributed by Bradford Boyle. Reviewed by David Steele.) Documentation Improvements: * Update start/stop documentation to reflect actual functionality. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.)
2024-05-27 03:13:16 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessPostgres/harness170.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
v2.34: PostgreSQL 14 Support Bug Fixes: * Fix issues with leftover spool files from a prior restore. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot, Floris van Nee. Reported by Floris van Nee.) * Fix issue when checking links for large numbers of tablespaces. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Avinash Vallarapu. Reported by Avinash Vallarapu.) * Free no longer needed remotes so they do not timeout during restore. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Francisco Miguel Biete.) * Fix help when a valid option is invalid for the specified command. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Add PostgreSQL 14 support. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add automatic GCS authentication for GCE instances. (Reviewed by Jan Wieck, Daniel Farina.) * Add repo-retention-history option to expire backup history. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, David Steele.) * Add db-exclude option. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Improvements: * Change archive expiration logging from detail to info level. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Remove stanza archive spool path on restore. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Do not write files atomically or sync paths during backup copy. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot, Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Update contributing documentation. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele, Stefan Fercot.) * Consolidate RHEL/CentOS user guide into a single document. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Clarify that repo-s3-role is not an ARN. (Contributed by Isaac Yuen. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2021-06-07 12:51:08 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessPostgres/harnessVersion.intern.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.16: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Retry S3 RequestTimeTooSkewed errors instead of immediately terminating. (Reported by sean0101n, Tim Garton, Jesper St John, Aleš Zelený.) * Fix incorrect handling of transfer-encoding response to HEAD request. (Reported by Pavel Suderevsky.) * Fix scoping violations exposed by optimizations in gcc 9. (Reported by Christian Lange, Ned T. Crigler.) Features: * Add repo-s3-port option for setting a non-standard S3 service port. Improvements: * The local command for backup is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by David Steele, Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented partly in C. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2019-08-05 18:03:04 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessPq.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessPq.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.34: PostgreSQL 14 Support Bug Fixes: * Fix issues with leftover spool files from a prior restore. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot, Floris van Nee. Reported by Floris van Nee.) * Fix issue when checking links for large numbers of tablespaces. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Avinash Vallarapu. Reported by Avinash Vallarapu.) * Free no longer needed remotes so they do not timeout during restore. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Francisco Miguel Biete.) * Fix help when a valid option is invalid for the specified command. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Add PostgreSQL 14 support. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add automatic GCS authentication for GCE instances. (Reviewed by Jan Wieck, Daniel Farina.) * Add repo-retention-history option to expire backup history. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, David Steele.) * Add db-exclude option. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Improvements: * Change archive expiration logging from detail to info level. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Remove stanza archive spool path on restore. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Do not write files atomically or sync paths during backup copy. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot, Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Update contributing documentation. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele, Stefan Fercot.) * Consolidate RHEL/CentOS user guide into a single document. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Clarify that repo-s3-role is not an ARN. (Contributed by Isaac Yuen. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2021-06-07 12:51:08 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessProtocol.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessProtocol.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
Improve server test harness to support multiple protocols/connections. The prior implementation only supported a single connection on TLS. This is not flexible enough for complex testing scenarios which might require multiple simultaneous connections on different protocols. Allow multiple simultaneous connections and add plain sockets as a protocol option. Rename the functions used for server scripting to hrnServerScript*() to make it clear they are related. Improve error messages when less input is received by the server than expected. Also, do a bit of cleanup and add more comments.
2020-08-10 22:16:11 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessServer.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessServer.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.46: Block Incremental Backup and SFTP Storage Features: * Block incremental backup. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * SFTP support for repository storage. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * PostgreSQL 16 support. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Allow page header checks to be skipped. (Reviewed by David Christensen. Suggested by David Christensen.) * Avoid chown() on recovery files during restore. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Marcelo Henrique Neppel. Suggested by Marcelo Henrique Neppel.) * Add error retry detail for HTTP retries. Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about using recovery type=none. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add note about running stanza-create on already-created repositories.
2023-05-22 10:13:13 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessSocket.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessSocket.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.44: Remove PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2 Support Improvements: * Remove support for PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Restore errors when no backup matches the current version of PostgreSQL. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Soulou.) * Add compress-level range checking for each compress-type. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by gkleen, ViperRu.) Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about enabling "hierarchical namespace" on Azure storage. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Vojtech Galda, Pluggi, asjonos.) * Add replacement for linefeeds in monitoring example. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by rudonx, gmustdie, Ivan Shelestov.) * Clarify target-action behavior on various PostgreSQL versions. (Contributed by Chris Bandy. Reviewed by David Steele, Anton Kurochkin, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Anton Kurochkin, Chris Bandy.) * Updates and clarifications to index page. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add dark mode to the website. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2023-01-30 04:15:44 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessStackTrace.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessStackTrace.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.19: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fix remote timeout in delta restore. When performing a delta restore on a largely unchanged cluster the remote could timeout if no files were fetched from the repository within protocol-timeout. Add keep-alives to prevent remote timeout. (Reported by James Sewell, Jens Wilke.) * Fix handling of repeated HTTP headers. When HTTP headers are repeated they should be considered equivalent to a single comma-separated header rather than generating an error, which was the prior behavior. (Reported by donicrosby.) Improvements: * JSON output from the info command is no longer pretty-printed. Monitoring systems can more easily ingest the JSON without linefeeds. External tools such as jq can be used to pretty-print if desired. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Document how to contribute to pgBackRest. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Document maximum version for auto-stop option. (Contributed by Brad Nicholson.) Test Suite Improvements: * Fix container test path being used when --vm=none. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Fix mismatched timezone in expect test. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Don't autogenerate embedded libc code by default. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2019-11-12 22:51:28 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessStorage.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessStorage.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.54.0: Target Time for Versioned Storage NOTE TO PACKAGERS: This is last feature release to support the autoconf/make build. Please migrate to meson if you have not already done so. 2.54.X patch releases (if any) will continue to support autoconf/make. Bug Fixes: * Fix PostgreSQL query performance for large datasets. (Fixed by Thibault Vincent, David Steele. Reviewed by David Christensen, Antoine Millet. Reported by Antoine Millet.) Features: * Allow repositories on versioned storage to be read at a target time. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, David Christensen.) * Allow requested standby backup to proceed with no standby. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Summarize backup reference list for info command text output. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Refresh web-id token for each S3 authentication. (Contributed by Brent Graveland. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Correctly display current values for indexed options in help. (Reviewed by David Christensen.) * Save backup.info only when contents have changed. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Remove limitation on reading files in parallel during restore. (Reviewed by David Christensen.) * Improve SFTP error messages. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) Documentation Features: * Add performance tuning section to user guide. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Documentation Improvements: * Clarify source for data_directory. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Matthias.) * Better logic for deciding when a summary should be lower-cased. (Suggested by Daniel Westermann.)
2024-10-21 07:57:43 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessStorageHelper.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessStorageHelper.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessTest.c:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: test/harness
type: c
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessTest.h:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.19: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fix remote timeout in delta restore. When performing a delta restore on a largely unchanged cluster the remote could timeout if no files were fetched from the repository within protocol-timeout. Add keep-alives to prevent remote timeout. (Reported by James Sewell, Jens Wilke.) * Fix handling of repeated HTTP headers. When HTTP headers are repeated they should be considered equivalent to a single comma-separated header rather than generating an error, which was the prior behavior. (Reported by donicrosby.) Improvements: * JSON output from the info command is no longer pretty-printed. Monitoring systems can more easily ingest the JSON without linefeeds. External tools such as jq can be used to pretty-print if desired. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Document how to contribute to pgBackRest. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Document maximum version for auto-stop option. (Contributed by Brad Nicholson.) Test Suite Improvements: * Fix container test path being used when --vm=none. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Fix mismatched timezone in expect test. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Don't autogenerate embedded libc code by default. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2019-11-12 22:51:28 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessTest.intern.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.46: Block Incremental Backup and SFTP Storage Features: * Block incremental backup. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * SFTP support for repository storage. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * PostgreSQL 16 support. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Allow page header checks to be skipped. (Reviewed by David Christensen. Suggested by David Christensen.) * Avoid chown() on recovery files during restore. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Marcelo Henrique Neppel. Suggested by Marcelo Henrique Neppel.) * Add error retry detail for HTTP retries. Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about using recovery type=none. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add note about running stanza-create on already-created repositories.
2023-05-22 10:13:13 +02:00
test/src/common/harnessTime.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/common/harnessTime.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
v2.40: OpenSSL 3 Support NOTE TO PACKAGERS: An experimental meson build has been added but packagers should continue to use the autoconf/make build for the foreseeable future. Improvements: * OpenSSL 3 support. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Create snapshot when listing contents of a path. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost.) * Force target-timeline=current when restore type=immediate. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Truncate files during delta restore when they are larger than expected. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Disable incremental manifest save when resume=n. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Set backup percent complete to zero before copy start. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Use S3 IsTruncated flag to determine list continuation. (Reviewed by John Morris, Soulou. Suggested by Christian Montagne.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Skip internal options in the configuration reference. (Reported by Francisco Miguel Biete.) Documentation Improvements: * Add link to PostgreSQL configuration in repository host section. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Julien Cigar.) Test Suite Improvements: * Add experimental Meson build. (Reviewed by Eli Schwartz, Sam Bassaly.) * Allow any path to be passed to the --test-path option. (Contributed by Andrey Sokolov. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix compile error when DEBUG_EXEC_TIME is defined without DEBUG. (Contributed by Andrey Sokolov. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2022-07-18 15:32:30 +02:00
test/src/config/load.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/config/load.h:
class: test/harness
type: c/h
test/src/config/meson.build:
class: build
type: meson
test/src/main.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/src/meson.build:
class: build
type: meson
v2.35: Binary Protocol IMPORTANT NOTE: The log level for copied files in the backup/restore commands has been changed to detail. This makes the info log level less noisy but if these messages are required then set the log level for the backup/restore commands to detail. Bug Fixes: * Detect errors in S3 multi-part upload finalize. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Marco Montagna. Reported by Marco Montagna, Lev Kokotov, Anderson A. Mallmann.) * Fix detection of circular symlinks. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Rohit Raveendran.) * Only pass selected repo options to the remote. (Reviewed by David Christensen, Cynthia Shang. Reported by Greg Sabino Mullane, David Christensen.) Improvements: * Binary protocol. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Automatically create data directory on restore. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Chris Bandy.) * Allow restore --type=lsn. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by James Coleman.) * Change level of backup/restore copied file logging to detail. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Loop while waiting for checkpoint LSN to reach replay LSN. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Fatih Mencutekin.) * Log backup file total and restore size/file total. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix incorrect host names in user guide. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Greg Sabino Mullane.) Documentation Improvements: * Update contributing documentation and add pull request template. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Rearrange backup documentation in user guide. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Clarify restore --type behavior in command reference. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix documentation and comment typos. (Contributed by Eric Radman. Reviewed by David Steele.) Test Suite Improvements: * Add check for test path inside repo path. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane. Suggested by Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Add CodeQL static code analysis. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Update tests to use standard patterns. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2021-08-23 12:52:51 +02:00
test/src/module/build/commonTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
test/src/module/build/configTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
test/src/module/build/errorTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Migrate command-line help generation to C. Command-line help is now generated at build time so it does not need to be committed. This reduces churn on commits that add configuration and/or update the help. Since churn is no longer an issue, help.auto.c is bzip2 compressed to save space in the binary. The Perl config parser (Data.pm) has been moved to doc/lib since the Perl build path is no longer required. Likewise doc/xml/reference.xml has been moved to src/build/help/help.xml since it is required at build time.
2021-09-09 00:16:06 +02:00
test/src/module/build/helpTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Automatically create PostgreSQL version interfaces. Maintaining the version interfaces was complicated by the fact that each interface needed to be in separate compilation unit to avoid type conflicts. This also meant that various build/test files needed to be updated to add the new interfaces. Solve these problems by auto-generating all the interfaces into a single file. This is made possible by parsing defines and types out of the header files and creating macros to rename the types. At the end of the version interface everything is undef'd. Another benefit is that the auto-generated interfaces can be static and included directly into postgres/interface.c. Since some code generation is now always required for tests, change --no-gen to --min-gen in test.pl. It would also make sense to auto-generate the version defines in postgres/version.h, but that will be left for a future commit.
2022-06-06 19:52:56 +02:00
test/src/module/build/postgresTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.41: Backup Annotations Bug Fixes: * Fix incorrect time expiration being used for non-default repositories. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Adam Brusselback.) * Fix issue when listing directories recursively with a filter. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Efremov Egor.) Features: * Backup key/value annotations. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Adam Berlin.) Improvements: * Support --set in JSON output for info command. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Anton Kurochkin.) * Update archive.info timestamps after a successful backup. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Alex Richman.) * Move standby timeline check after checkpoint. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Keith Fiske. Suggested by Keith Fiske.) * Improve warning message on backup resume. (Suggested by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Add absolute path for kill in pgbackrest.service. (Suggested by Don Seiler.)
2022-09-19 19:08:10 +02:00
test/src/module/command/annotateTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
test/src/module/command/archiveCommonTest.c:
v2.02: Parallel Asynchronous Archive Get and Configuration Includes Bug Fixes: * Fix directory syncs running recursively when only the specified directory should be synced. (Reported by Craig A. James.) * Fix archive-copy throwing "path not found" error for incr/diff backups. (Reported by yummyliu, Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix failure in manifest build when two or more files in PGDATA are linked to the same directory. (Reported by Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix delta restore failing when a linked file is missing. * Fix rendering of key/value and list options in help. (Reported by Clinton Adams.) Features: * Add asynchronous, parallel archive-get. This feature maintains a queue of WAL segments to help reduce latency when PostgreSQL requests a WAL segment with restore_command. * Add support for additional pgBackRest configuration files in the directory specified by the --config-include-path option. Add --config-path option for overriding the default base path of the --config and --config-include-path option. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add repo-s3-token option to allow temporary credentials tokens to be configured. pgBackRest currently has no way to request new credentials so the entire command (e.g. backup, restore) must complete before the credentials expire. (Contributed by Yogesh Sharma.) Improvements: * Update the archive-push-queue-max, manifest-save-threshold, and buffer-size options to accept values in KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB where the multiplier is a power of 1024. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Make backup/restore path sync more efficient. Scanning the entire directory can be very expensive if there are a lot of small tables. The backup manifest contains the path list so use it to perform syncs instead of scanning the backup/restore path. * Show command parameters as well as command options in initial info log message. * Rename archive-queue-max option to archive-push-queue-max to avoid confusion with the new archive-get-queue-max option. The old option name will continue to be accepted.
2018-05-07 01:53:42 +02:00
class: test/module
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
test/src/module/command/archiveGetTest.c:
v2.02: Parallel Asynchronous Archive Get and Configuration Includes Bug Fixes: * Fix directory syncs running recursively when only the specified directory should be synced. (Reported by Craig A. James.) * Fix archive-copy throwing "path not found" error for incr/diff backups. (Reported by yummyliu, Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix failure in manifest build when two or more files in PGDATA are linked to the same directory. (Reported by Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix delta restore failing when a linked file is missing. * Fix rendering of key/value and list options in help. (Reported by Clinton Adams.) Features: * Add asynchronous, parallel archive-get. This feature maintains a queue of WAL segments to help reduce latency when PostgreSQL requests a WAL segment with restore_command. * Add support for additional pgBackRest configuration files in the directory specified by the --config-include-path option. Add --config-path option for overriding the default base path of the --config and --config-include-path option. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add repo-s3-token option to allow temporary credentials tokens to be configured. pgBackRest currently has no way to request new credentials so the entire command (e.g. backup, restore) must complete before the credentials expire. (Contributed by Yogesh Sharma.) Improvements: * Update the archive-push-queue-max, manifest-save-threshold, and buffer-size options to accept values in KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB where the multiplier is a power of 1024. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Make backup/restore path sync more efficient. Scanning the entire directory can be very expensive if there are a lot of small tables. The backup manifest contains the path list so use it to perform syncs instead of scanning the backup/restore path. * Show command parameters as well as command options in initial info log message. * Rename archive-queue-max option to archive-push-queue-max to avoid confusion with the new archive-get-queue-max option. The old option name will continue to be accepted.
2018-05-07 01:53:42 +02:00
class: test/module
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
test/src/module/command/archivePushTest.c:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: test/module
type: c
v2.16: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Retry S3 RequestTimeTooSkewed errors instead of immediately terminating. (Reported by sean0101n, Tim Garton, Jesper St John, Aleš Zelený.) * Fix incorrect handling of transfer-encoding response to HEAD request. (Reported by Pavel Suderevsky.) * Fix scoping violations exposed by optimizations in gcc 9. (Reported by Christian Lange, Ned T. Crigler.) Features: * Add repo-s3-port option for setting a non-standard S3 service port. Improvements: * The local command for backup is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by David Steele, Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented partly in C. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2019-08-05 18:03:04 +02:00
test/src/module/command/backupTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
test/src/module/command/checkTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/src/module/command/commandTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
test/src/module/command/controlTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Move protocol module from common to command. This module has dependencies on command/command so it does not make sense for it to be in the common module. Also move protocolFree() to main() since this is a very large dependency. Adjust the tests so command/exit can be tested later. This is a bit messy but will get adjusted as we improve the test harness.
2022-06-17 17:17:52 +02:00
test/src/module/command/exitTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.15: C Implementation of Expire Bug Fixes: * Fix archive retention expiring too aggressively. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Mohamad El-Rifai.) Improvements: * The expire command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The local command for restore is implemented entirely in C. * Remove hard-coded PostgreSQL user so $PGUSER works. (Suggested by Julian Zhang, Janis Puris.) * Honor configure --prefix option. (Suggested by Daniel Westermann.) * Rename repo-s3-verify-ssl option to repo-s3-verify-tls. The new name is preferred because pgBackRest does not support any SSL protocol versions (they are all considered to be insecure). The old name will continue to be accepted. Documentation Improvements: * Add FAQ to the documentation. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Use wal_level=replica in the documentation for PostgreSQL ≥ 9.6. (Suggested by Patrick McLaughlin.)
2019-06-25 14:29:06 +02:00
test/src/module/command/expireTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
test/src/module/command/helpTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
test/src/module/command/infoTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
test/src/module/command/localTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.53: Concurrent Backups IMPORTANT NOTE: The log-level-stderr option default has been changed from warn to off. This makes it easier to capture errors when only redirecting stdout. To preserve the prior behavior set log-level-stderr=warn. NOTE TO PACKAGERS: The lz4 library is now required by the meson build. NOTE TO PACKAGERS: Compiler support for __builtin_clzl() and __builtin_bswap64() is now required by the meson build. Bug Fixes: * Fix SFTP renaming failure when file already exists. (Fixed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Reported by ahmed112212.) Features: * Allow backups to run concurrently on different repositories. (Reviewed by Reid Thompson, Stefan Fercot.) * Support IP-based SANs for TLS certificate validation. (Contributed by David Christensen. Reviewed by David Steele.) Improvements: * Default log-level-stderr option to off. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane, Stefan Fercot.) * Allow alternative WAL segment sizes for PostgreSQL ≤ 10. (Contributed by Viktor Kurilko. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add hint to check SFTP authorization log. (Contributed by Vitalii Zurian. Reviewed by Reid Thompson, David Steele.) Documentation Improvements: * Clarify archive-push multi-repo behavior. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.)
2024-07-22 04:33:31 +02:00
test/src/module/command/lockTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.45: Block Incremental Backup (BETA) Bug Fixes: * Skip writing recovery.signal by default for restores of offline backups. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Marcel Borger.) Features: * Block incremental backup (BETA). (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Keep only one all-default group index. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Documentation Improvements: * Add explicit instructions for upgrading between 2.x versions. (Contributed by Christophe Courtois. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Remove references to SSH made obsolete when TLS was introduced.
2023-03-20 03:37:23 +02:00
test/src/module/command/manifestTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
test/src/module/command/remoteTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
test/src/module/command/repoTest.c:
v2.15: C Implementation of Expire Bug Fixes: * Fix archive retention expiring too aggressively. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Mohamad El-Rifai.) Improvements: * The expire command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The local command for restore is implemented entirely in C. * Remove hard-coded PostgreSQL user so $PGUSER works. (Suggested by Julian Zhang, Janis Puris.) * Honor configure --prefix option. (Suggested by Daniel Westermann.) * Rename repo-s3-verify-ssl option to repo-s3-verify-tls. The new name is preferred because pgBackRest does not support any SSL protocol versions (they are all considered to be insecure). The old name will continue to be accepted. Documentation Improvements: * Add FAQ to the documentation. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Use wal_level=replica in the documentation for PostgreSQL ≥ 9.6. (Suggested by Patrick McLaughlin.)
2019-06-25 14:29:06 +02:00
class: test/module
type: c
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
test/src/module/command/restoreTest.c:
v2.17: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Improve slow manifest build for very large quantities of tables/segments. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fix exclusions for special files. (Reported by CluelessTechnologist, Janis Puris, Rachid Broum.) Improvements: * The stanza-create/update/delete commands are implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The start/stop commands are implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Create log directories/files with 0750/0640 mode. (Suggested by Damiano Albani.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix yum.p.o package being installed when custom package specified. (Reported by Joe Ayers, John Harvey.) Documentation Improvements: * Build pgBackRest as an unprivileged user. (Suggested by Laurenz Albe.)
2019-09-03 22:39:32 +02:00
class: test/module
type: c
v2.36: Minor Bug Fixes and Improvements Bug Fixes: * Allow "global" as a stanza prefix. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Reported by Younes Alhroub.) * Fix segfault on invalid GCS key file. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Henrik Feldt.) Improvements: * Allow link-map option to create new links. (Reviewed by Don Seiler, Stefan Fercot, Chris Bandy. Suggested by Don Seiler.) * Increase max index allowed for pg/repo options to 256. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add WebIdentity authentication for AWS S3. (Reviewed by James Callahan, Reid Thompson, Benjamin Blattberg, Andrew L'Ecuyer.) * Report backup file validation errors in backup.info. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add recovery start time to online backup restore log. (Reviewed by Tom Swartz, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Tom Swartz.) * Report original error and retries on local job failure. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Rename page checksum error to error list in info text output. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add hints to standby replay timeout message. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Leigh Downs.)
2021-11-01 14:59:14 +02:00
test/src/module/command/serverTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.25: LZ4 Compression Support Features: * Add lz4 compression support. Note that setting compress-type=lz4 will make new backups and archive incompatible (unrestorable) with prior versions of pgBackRest. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add --dry-run option to the expire command. Use dry-run to see which backups/archive would be removed by the expire command without actually removing anything. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, Luca Ferrari.) Improvements: * Improve performance of remote manifest build. (Suggested by Jens Wilke.) * Fix detection of keepalive options on Linux. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Add configure host detection to set standards flags correctly. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Remove compress/compress-level options from commands where unused. These commands (e.g. restore, archive-get) never used the compress options but allowed them to be passed on the command line. Now they will error when these options are passed on the command line. If these errors occur then remove the unused options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Limit backup file copy size to size reported at backup start. If a file grows during the backup it will be reconstructed by WAL replay during recovery so there is no need to copy the additional data. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2020-03-26 23:14:53 +02:00
test/src/module/command/stanzaTest.c:
v2.15: C Implementation of Expire Bug Fixes: * Fix archive retention expiring too aggressively. (Fixed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Mohamad El-Rifai.) Improvements: * The expire command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The local command for restore is implemented entirely in C. * Remove hard-coded PostgreSQL user so $PGUSER works. (Suggested by Julian Zhang, Janis Puris.) * Honor configure --prefix option. (Suggested by Daniel Westermann.) * Rename repo-s3-verify-ssl option to repo-s3-verify-tls. The new name is preferred because pgBackRest does not support any SSL protocol versions (they are all considered to be insecure). The old name will continue to be accepted. Documentation Improvements: * Add FAQ to the documentation. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Use wal_level=replica in the documentation for PostgreSQL ≥ 9.6. (Suggested by Patrick McLaughlin.)
2019-06-25 14:29:06 +02:00
class: test/module
type: c
v2.30: PostgreSQL 13 Support Bug Fixes: * Error with hints when backup user cannot read pg_settings. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Cynthia Shang. Reported by Mohamed Insaf K.) Features: * PostgreSQL 13 support. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Improvements: * Improve PostgreSQL version identification. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost.) * Improve working directory error message. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add hint about starting the stanza when WAL segment not found. (Contributed by David Christensen. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add hint for protocol version mismatch. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by loop-evgeny.) Documentation Improvements: * Add note that pgBackRest versions must match when running remotely. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by loop-evgeny.) * Move info command text to the reference and link to user guide. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Christophe Courtois.) * Update yum repository path for CentOS/RHEL user guide. (Contributed by Heath Lord. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2020-10-05 17:51:45 +02:00
test/src/module/command/verifyTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/src/module/common/assertOffTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
test/src/module/common/assertOnTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Rename "gzip" to "gz". "gz" was used as the extension but "gzip" was generally used for function and type naming. With a new compression format on the way, it makes sense to standardize on a single abbreviation to represent a compression format in the code. Since the extension is standard and we must use it, also use the extension for all naming.
2020-02-27 19:09:05 +02:00
test/src/module/common/compressTest.c:
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
class: test/module
type: c
test/src/module/common/cryptoTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/src/module/common/debugOffTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
test/src/module/common/debugOnTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
test/src/module/common/encodeTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.46: Block Incremental Backup and SFTP Storage Features: * Block incremental backup. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * SFTP support for repository storage. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost, David Steele.) * PostgreSQL 16 support. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) Improvements: * Allow page header checks to be skipped. (Reviewed by David Christensen. Suggested by David Christensen.) * Avoid chown() on recovery files during restore. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Marcelo Henrique Neppel. Suggested by Marcelo Henrique Neppel.) * Add error retry detail for HTTP retries. Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about using recovery type=none. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add note about running stanza-create on already-created repositories.
2023-05-22 10:13:13 +02:00
test/src/module/common/errorRetryTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/src/module/common/errorTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
test/src/module/common/execTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/src/module/common/forkTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
test/src/module/common/iniTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
test/src/module/common/ioHttpTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
test/src/module/common/ioTest.c:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: test/module
type: c
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
test/src/module/common/ioTlsTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/src/module/common/lockTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
test/src/module/common/logTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
test/src/module/common/memContextTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
test/src/module/common/regExpTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.03: Single Executable to Deploy Bug Fixes: * Fix potential buffer overrun in error message handling. (Reported by Lætitia.) * Fix archive write lock being taken for the synchronous archive-get command. (Reported by Uspen.) Improvements: * Embed exported C functions and Perl modules directly into the pgBackRest executable. * Use time_t instead of __time_t for better portability. (Suggested by Nick Floersch.) * Print total runtime in milliseconds at command end.
2018-05-23 01:53:25 +02:00
test/src/module/common/stackTraceTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.29: Auto S3 Credentials on AWS Bug Fixes: * Suppress errors when closing local/remote processes. Since the command has completed it is counterproductive to throw an error but still warn to indicate that something unusual happened. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by argdenis.) * Fix issue with = character in file or database names. (Reviewed by Bastian Wegge, Cynthia Shang. Reported by Brad Nicholson, Bastian Wegge.) Features: * Automatically retrieve temporary S3 credentials on AWS instances. (Contributed by David Steele, Stephen Frost. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, David Youatt, Aleš Zelený, Jeanette Bromage.) * Add archive-mode option to disable archiving on restore. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Stephen Frost.) Improvements: * PostgreSQL 13 beta3 support. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. * Asynchronous list/remove for S3/Azure storage. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost.) * Improve memory usage of unlogged relation detection in manifest build. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost, Brad Nicholson, Oscar. Suggested by Oscar, Brad Nicholson.) * Proactively close file descriptors after forking async process. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Cynthia Shang.) * Delay backup remote connection close until after archive check. (Contributed by Floris van Nee. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Improve detailed error output. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improve TLS error reporting. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Add none to compress-type option reference and fix example. (Reported by Ugo Bellavance, Don Seiler.) * Add missing azure type in repo-type option reference. (Fixed by Don Seiler. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix typo in repo-cipher-type option reference. (Fixed by Don Seiler. Reviewed by David Steele.) Documentation Improvements: * Clarify that expire must be run regularly when expire-auto is disabled. (Reviewed by Douglas J Hunley. Suggested by Douglas J Hunley.)
2020-08-31 13:28:22 +02:00
test/src/module/common/statTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/src/module/common/timeTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.40: OpenSSL 3 Support NOTE TO PACKAGERS: An experimental meson build has been added but packagers should continue to use the autoconf/make build for the foreseeable future. Improvements: * OpenSSL 3 support. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Create snapshot when listing contents of a path. (Reviewed by John Morris, Stephen Frost.) * Force target-timeline=current when restore type=immediate. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Truncate files during delta restore when they are larger than expected. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Disable incremental manifest save when resume=n. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Set backup percent complete to zero before copy start. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Use S3 IsTruncated flag to determine list continuation. (Reviewed by John Morris, Soulou. Suggested by Christian Montagne.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Skip internal options in the configuration reference. (Reported by Francisco Miguel Biete.) Documentation Improvements: * Add link to PostgreSQL configuration in repository host section. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Julien Cigar.) Test Suite Improvements: * Add experimental Meson build. (Reviewed by Eli Schwartz, Sam Bassaly.) * Allow any path to be passed to the --test-path option. (Contributed by Andrey Sokolov. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Fix compile error when DEBUG_EXEC_TIME is defined without DEBUG. (Contributed by Andrey Sokolov. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2022-07-18 15:32:30 +02:00
test/src/module/common/typeBlobTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/src/module/common/typeBufferTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.03: Single Executable to Deploy Bug Fixes: * Fix potential buffer overrun in error message handling. (Reported by Lætitia.) * Fix archive write lock being taken for the synchronous archive-get command. (Reported by Uspen.) Improvements: * Embed exported C functions and Perl modules directly into the pgBackRest executable. * Use time_t instead of __time_t for better portability. (Suggested by Nick Floersch.) * Print total runtime in milliseconds at command end.
2018-05-23 01:53:25 +02:00
test/src/module/common/typeConvertTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.05: Environment Variable Options and Exclude Temporary/Unlogged Relations Bug Fixes: * Fix issue where relative links in $PGDATA could be stored in the backup with the wrong path. This issue did not affect absolute links and relative tablespace links were caught by other checks. (Reported by Cynthia Shang.) * Remove incompletely implemented online option from the check command. Offline operation runs counter to the purpose of this command, which is to check if archiving and backups are working correctly. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fix issue where errors raised in C were not logged when called from Perl. pgBackRest properly terminated with the correct error code but lacked an error message to aid in debugging. (Reported by Douglas J Hunley.) * Fix issue when a boolean option (e.g. delta) was specified more than once. (Reported by Yogesh Sharma.) Features: * Allow any option to be set in an environment variable. This includes options that previously could only be specified on the command line, e.g. stanza, and secret options that could not be specified on the command-line, e.g. repo1-s3-key-secret. * Exclude temporary and unlogged relation (table/index) files from backup. Implemented using the same logic as the patches adding this feature to PostgreSQL, 8694cc96 and 920a5e50. Temporary relation exclusion is enabled in PostgreSQL ≥ 9.0. Unlogged relation exclusion is enabled in PostgreSQL ≥ 9.1, where the feature was introduced. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Allow arbitrary directories and/or files to be excluded from a backup. Misuse of this feature can lead to inconsistent backups so read the --exclude documentation carefully before using. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add log-subprocess option to allow file logging for local and remote subprocesses. * PostgreSQL 11 Beta 3 support. Improvements: * Allow zero-size files in backup manifest to reference a prior manifest regardless of timestamp delta. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improve asynchronous archive-get/archive-push performance by directly checking status files. (Contributed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve error message when a command is missing the stanza option. (Suggested by Sarah Conway.)
2018-08-31 19:19:43 +02:00
test/src/module/common/typeJsonTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/src/module/common/typeKeyValueTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
test/src/module/common/typeListTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.17: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Improve slow manifest build for very large quantities of tables/segments. (Reported by Jens Wilke.) * Fix exclusions for special files. (Reported by CluelessTechnologist, Janis Puris, Rachid Broum.) Improvements: * The stanza-create/update/delete commands are implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The start/stop commands are implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Create log directories/files with 0750/0640 mode. (Suggested by Damiano Albani.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix yum.p.o package being installed when custom package specified. (Reported by Joe Ayers, John Harvey.) Documentation Improvements: * Build pgBackRest as an unprivileged user. (Suggested by Laurenz Albe.)
2019-09-03 22:39:32 +02:00
v2.26: Non-blocking TLS Bug Fixes: * Remove empty subexpression from manifest regular expression. MacOS was not happy about this though other platforms seemed to work fine. (Fixed by David Raftis.) Improvements: * Non-blocking TLS implementation. (Reviewed by Slava Moudry, Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost.) * Only limit backup copy size for WAL-logged files. The prior behavior could possibly lead to postgresql.conf or postgresql.auto.conf being truncated in the backup. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * TCP keep-alive options are configurable. (Suggested by Marc Cousin.) * Add io-timeout option.
2020-04-20 21:44:31 +02:00
test/src/module/common/typeObjectTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.32: Repository Commands Bug Fixes: * Fix resume after partial delete of backup by prior resume. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Tom Swartz.) Features: * Add repo-ls command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Add repo-get command. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot, David Steele. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add archive-mode-check option. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele, Michael Banck.) Improvements: * Improve archive-get performance. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2021-02-08 16:08:16 +02:00
test/src/module/common/typePackTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/src/module/common/typeStringTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
test/src/module/common/typeVariantTest.c:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: test/module
type: c
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
test/src/module/common/typeXmlTest.c:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: test/module
type: c
test/src/module/common/typecTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.19: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fix remote timeout in delta restore. When performing a delta restore on a largely unchanged cluster the remote could timeout if no files were fetched from the repository within protocol-timeout. Add keep-alives to prevent remote timeout. (Reported by James Sewell, Jens Wilke.) * Fix handling of repeated HTTP headers. When HTTP headers are repeated they should be considered equivalent to a single comma-separated header rather than generating an error, which was the prior behavior. (Reported by donicrosby.) Improvements: * JSON output from the info command is no longer pretty-printed. Monitoring systems can more easily ingest the JSON without linefeeds. External tools such as jq can be used to pretty-print if desired. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Document how to contribute to pgBackRest. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Document maximum version for auto-stop option. (Contributed by Brad Nicholson.) Test Suite Improvements: * Fix container test path being used when --vm=none. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Fix mismatched timezone in expect test. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Don't autogenerate embedded libc code by default. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2019-11-12 22:51:28 +02:00
test/src/module/common/userTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/src/module/common/waitTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
test/src/module/config/execTest.c:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: test/module
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
test/src/module/config/loadTest.c:
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
class: test/module
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
test/src/module/config/parseTest.c:
Update code count for new file types and exclusions.
2018-07-28 14:13:30 +02:00
class: test/module
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
test/src/module/config/protocolTest.c:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: test/module
type: c
v2.16: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Retry S3 RequestTimeTooSkewed errors instead of immediately terminating. (Reported by sean0101n, Tim Garton, Jesper St John, Aleš Zelený.) * Fix incorrect handling of transfer-encoding response to HEAD request. (Reported by Pavel Suderevsky.) * Fix scoping violations exposed by optimizations in gcc 9. (Reported by Christian Lange, Ned T. Crigler.) Features: * Add repo-s3-port option for setting a non-standard S3 service port. Improvements: * The local command for backup is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by David Steele, Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented partly in C. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2019-08-05 18:03:04 +02:00
test/src/module/db/dbTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.49: Remove PostgreSQL 9.3 Support Bug Fixes: * Fix regression in retries. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Norman Adkins, Tanel Suurhans, Jordan English, Timothée Peignier.) * Fix recursive path remove in SFTP storage driver. (Fixed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Luc.) Improvements: * Remove support for PostgreSQL 9.3. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) Documentation Features: * Document maintainer options. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Update point-in-time recovery documentation for PostgreSQL >= 13. Test Suite Improvements: * Allow config/load unit test to run without libssh2 installed. (Contributed by Reid Thompson. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Wu Ning.)
2023-11-27 13:55:56 +02:00
test/src/module/doc/buildTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.05: Environment Variable Options and Exclude Temporary/Unlogged Relations Bug Fixes: * Fix issue where relative links in $PGDATA could be stored in the backup with the wrong path. This issue did not affect absolute links and relative tablespace links were caught by other checks. (Reported by Cynthia Shang.) * Remove incompletely implemented online option from the check command. Offline operation runs counter to the purpose of this command, which is to check if archiving and backups are working correctly. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fix issue where errors raised in C were not logged when called from Perl. pgBackRest properly terminated with the correct error code but lacked an error message to aid in debugging. (Reported by Douglas J Hunley.) * Fix issue when a boolean option (e.g. delta) was specified more than once. (Reported by Yogesh Sharma.) Features: * Allow any option to be set in an environment variable. This includes options that previously could only be specified on the command line, e.g. stanza, and secret options that could not be specified on the command-line, e.g. repo1-s3-key-secret. * Exclude temporary and unlogged relation (table/index) files from backup. Implemented using the same logic as the patches adding this feature to PostgreSQL, 8694cc96 and 920a5e50. Temporary relation exclusion is enabled in PostgreSQL ≥ 9.0. Unlogged relation exclusion is enabled in PostgreSQL ≥ 9.1, where the feature was introduced. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Allow arbitrary directories and/or files to be excluded from a backup. Misuse of this feature can lead to inconsistent backups so read the --exclude documentation carefully before using. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add log-subprocess option to allow file logging for local and remote subprocesses. * PostgreSQL 11 Beta 3 support. Improvements: * Allow zero-size files in backup manifest to reference a prior manifest regardless of timestamp delta. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improve asynchronous archive-get/archive-push performance by directly checking status files. (Contributed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve error message when a command is missing the stanza option. (Suggested by Sarah Conway.)
2018-08-31 19:19:43 +02:00
test/src/module/info/infoArchiveTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
test/src/module/info/infoBackupTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.05: Environment Variable Options and Exclude Temporary/Unlogged Relations Bug Fixes: * Fix issue where relative links in $PGDATA could be stored in the backup with the wrong path. This issue did not affect absolute links and relative tablespace links were caught by other checks. (Reported by Cynthia Shang.) * Remove incompletely implemented online option from the check command. Offline operation runs counter to the purpose of this command, which is to check if archiving and backups are working correctly. (Reported by Jason O'Donnell.) * Fix issue where errors raised in C were not logged when called from Perl. pgBackRest properly terminated with the correct error code but lacked an error message to aid in debugging. (Reported by Douglas J Hunley.) * Fix issue when a boolean option (e.g. delta) was specified more than once. (Reported by Yogesh Sharma.) Features: * Allow any option to be set in an environment variable. This includes options that previously could only be specified on the command line, e.g. stanza, and secret options that could not be specified on the command-line, e.g. repo1-s3-key-secret. * Exclude temporary and unlogged relation (table/index) files from backup. Implemented using the same logic as the patches adding this feature to PostgreSQL, 8694cc96 and 920a5e50. Temporary relation exclusion is enabled in PostgreSQL ≥ 9.0. Unlogged relation exclusion is enabled in PostgreSQL ≥ 9.1, where the feature was introduced. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Allow arbitrary directories and/or files to be excluded from a backup. Misuse of this feature can lead to inconsistent backups so read the --exclude documentation carefully before using. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add log-subprocess option to allow file logging for local and remote subprocesses. * PostgreSQL 11 Beta 3 support. Improvements: * Allow zero-size files in backup manifest to reference a prior manifest regardless of timestamp delta. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improve asynchronous archive-get/archive-push performance by directly checking status files. (Contributed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve error message when a command is missing the stanza option. (Suggested by Sarah Conway.)
2018-08-31 19:19:43 +02:00
test/src/module/info/infoPgTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
test/src/module/info/infoTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.19: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fix remote timeout in delta restore. When performing a delta restore on a largely unchanged cluster the remote could timeout if no files were fetched from the repository within protocol-timeout. Add keep-alives to prevent remote timeout. (Reported by James Sewell, Jens Wilke.) * Fix handling of repeated HTTP headers. When HTTP headers are repeated they should be considered equivalent to a single comma-separated header rather than generating an error, which was the prior behavior. (Reported by donicrosby.) Improvements: * JSON output from the info command is no longer pretty-printed. Monitoring systems can more easily ingest the JSON without linefeeds. External tools such as jq can be used to pretty-print if desired. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Document how to contribute to pgBackRest. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Document maximum version for auto-stop option. (Contributed by Brad Nicholson.) Test Suite Improvements: * Fix container test path being used when --vm=none. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Fix mismatched timezone in expect test. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Don't autogenerate embedded libc code by default. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2019-11-12 22:51:28 +02:00
test/src/module/info/manifestTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.51: Meson Build System NOTE TO PACKAGERS: The build system for pgBackRest is now meson. The autoconf/make build will not receive any new features and will be removed after a few releases. Bug Fixes: * Skip zero-length files for block incremental delta restore. (Reviewed by Sebastian Krause, René Højbjerg Larsen. Reported by Sebastian Krause.) * Fix performance regression in storage list. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by Maksym Boguk.) * Fix progress logging when file size changes during backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Reported by samkingno.) Improvements: * Improved support for dual stack connections. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost. Suggested by Timothée Peignier.) * Make meson the primary build system. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Detect files that have not changed during non-delta incremental backup. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Prevent invalid recovery when backup_label removed. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Improve archive-push WAL segment queue handling. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Limit resume functionality to full backups. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Stefan Fercot.) * Update resume functionality for block incremental. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Allow --version and --help for version and help. (Reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane. Suggested by Greg Sabino Mullane.) * Add detailed backtrace to autoconf/make build. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) Documentation Improvements: * Update references to recovery.conf. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2024-03-24 22:53:22 +02:00
test/src/module/integration/allTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.26: Non-blocking TLS Bug Fixes: * Remove empty subexpression from manifest regular expression. MacOS was not happy about this though other platforms seemed to work fine. (Fixed by David Raftis.) Improvements: * Non-blocking TLS implementation. (Reviewed by Slava Moudry, Cynthia Shang, Stephen Frost.) * Only limit backup copy size for WAL-logged files. The prior behavior could possibly lead to postgresql.conf or postgresql.auto.conf being truncated in the backup. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * TCP keep-alive options are configurable. (Suggested by Marc Cousin.) * Add io-timeout option.
2020-04-20 21:44:31 +02:00
test/src/module/performance/storageTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.19: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Fix remote timeout in delta restore. When performing a delta restore on a largely unchanged cluster the remote could timeout if no files were fetched from the repository within protocol-timeout. Add keep-alives to prevent remote timeout. (Reported by James Sewell, Jens Wilke.) * Fix handling of repeated HTTP headers. When HTTP headers are repeated they should be considered equivalent to a single comma-separated header rather than generating an error, which was the prior behavior. (Reported by donicrosby.) Improvements: * JSON output from the info command is no longer pretty-printed. Monitoring systems can more easily ingest the JSON without linefeeds. External tools such as jq can be used to pretty-print if desired. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Document how to contribute to pgBackRest. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Document maximum version for auto-stop option. (Contributed by Brad Nicholson.) Test Suite Improvements: * Fix container test path being used when --vm=none. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Fix mismatched timezone in expect test. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.) * Don't autogenerate embedded libc code by default. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2019-11-12 22:51:28 +02:00
test/src/module/performance/typeTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.16: C Migrations and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Retry S3 RequestTimeTooSkewed errors instead of immediately terminating. (Reported by sean0101n, Tim Garton, Jesper St John, Aleš Zelený.) * Fix incorrect handling of transfer-encoding response to HEAD request. (Reported by Pavel Suderevsky.) * Fix scoping violations exposed by optimizations in gcc 9. (Reported by Christian Lange, Ned T. Crigler.) Features: * Add repo-s3-port option for setting a non-standard S3 service port. Improvements: * The local command for backup is implemented entirely in C. (Contributed by David Steele, Cynthia Shang.) * The check command is implemented partly in C. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.)
2019-08-05 18:03:04 +02:00
test/src/module/postgres/clientTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
test/src/module/postgres/interfaceTest.c:
v2.02: Parallel Asynchronous Archive Get and Configuration Includes Bug Fixes: * Fix directory syncs running recursively when only the specified directory should be synced. (Reported by Craig A. James.) * Fix archive-copy throwing "path not found" error for incr/diff backups. (Reported by yummyliu, Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix failure in manifest build when two or more files in PGDATA are linked to the same directory. (Reported by Vitaliy Kukharik.) * Fix delta restore failing when a linked file is missing. * Fix rendering of key/value and list options in help. (Reported by Clinton Adams.) Features: * Add asynchronous, parallel archive-get. This feature maintains a queue of WAL segments to help reduce latency when PostgreSQL requests a WAL segment with restore_command. * Add support for additional pgBackRest configuration files in the directory specified by the --config-include-path option. Add --config-path option for overriding the default base path of the --config and --config-include-path option. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add repo-s3-token option to allow temporary credentials tokens to be configured. pgBackRest currently has no way to request new credentials so the entire command (e.g. backup, restore) must complete before the credentials expire. (Contributed by Yogesh Sharma.) Improvements: * Update the archive-push-queue-max, manifest-save-threshold, and buffer-size options to accept values in KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB where the multiplier is a power of 1024. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang.) * Make backup/restore path sync more efficient. Scanning the entire directory can be very expensive if there are a lot of small tables. The backup manifest contains the path list so use it to perform syncs instead of scanning the backup/restore path. * Show command parameters as well as command options in initial info log message. * Rename archive-queue-max option to archive-push-queue-max to avoid confusion with the new archive-get-queue-max option. The old option name will continue to be accepted.
2018-05-07 01:53:42 +02:00
class: test/module
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
test/src/module/protocol/protocolTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.28: Azure Repository Storage Bug Fixes: * Fix restore --force acting like --force --delta. This caused restore to replace files based on timestamp and size rather than overwriting, which meant some files that should have been updated were left unchanged. Normal restore and restore --delta were not affected by this issue. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Features: * Azure support for repository storage. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Don Seiler.) * Add expire-auto option. This allows automatic expiration after a successful backup to be disabled. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, David Steele.) Improvements: * Asynchronous S3 multipart upload. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Automatic retry for backup, restore, archive-get, and archive-push. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Disable query parallelism in PostgreSQL sessions used for backup control. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * PostgreSQL 13 beta2 support. Changes to the control/catalog/WAL versions in subsequent betas may break compatibility but pgBackRest will be updated with each release to keep pace. * Improve handling of invalid HTTP response status. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Improve error when pg1-path option missing for archive-get command. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add hint when checksum delta is enabled after a timeline switch. (Reviewed by Matt Bunter, Cynthia Shang.) * Use PostgreSQL instead of postmaster where appropriate. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Bug Fixes: * Fix incorrect example for repo-retention-full-type option. (Reported by Höseyin Sönmez.) * Remove internal commands from HTML and man command references. (Reported by Cynthia Shang.) Documentation Improvements: * Update PostgreSQL versions used to build user guides. Also add version ranges to indicate that a user guide is accurate for a range of PostgreSQL versions even if it was built for a specific version. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost.) * Update FAQ for expiring a specific backup set. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Update FAQ to clarify default PITR behavior. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2020-07-20 14:57:22 +02:00
test/src/module/storage/azureTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.33: Multi-Repository and GCS Support Bug Fixes: * Fix option warnings breaking async archive-get/archive-push. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Lev Kokotov.) * Fix memory leak in backup during archive copy. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Christian ROUX, Efremov Egor.) * Fix stack overflow in cipher passphrase generation. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by bsiara.) * Fix repo-ls / on S3 repositories. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Reported by Lesovsky Alexey.) Features: * Multiple repository support. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang, David Steele. Reviewed by Stefan Fercot, Stephen Frost.) * GCS support for repository storage. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Add archive-header-check option. (Reviewed by Stephen Frost, Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) Improvements: * Include recreated system databases during selective restore. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Exclude content-length from S3 signed headers. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Brian P Bockelman.) * Consolidate less commonly used repository storage options. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang.) * Allow custom config-path default with ./configure --with-configdir. (Contributed by Michael Schout. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Log archive copy during backup. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) Documentation Improvements: * Update reference to include links to user guide examples. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Update selective restore documentation with caveats. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Add compress-type clarification to archive-copy documentation. (Reviewed by Cynthia Shang, Stefan Fercot.) * Add compress-level defaults per compress-type value. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.) * Add note about required NFS settings being the same as PostgreSQL. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Reviewed by David Steele.)
2021-04-05 15:18:20 +02:00
test/src/module/storage/gcsTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Support configurable WAL segment size. PostgreSQL 11 introduces configurable WAL segment sizes, from 1MB to 1GB. There are two areas that needed to be updated to support this: building the archive-get queue and checking that WAL has been archived after a backup. Both operations require the WAL segment size to properly build a list. Checking the archive after a backup is still implemented in Perl and has an active database connection, so just get the WAL segment size from the database. The archive-get command does not have a connection to the database, so get the WAL segment size from pg_control instead. This requires a deeper inspection of pg_control than has been done in the past, so it seemed best to copy the relevant data structures from each version of PostgreSQL and build a generic interface layer to address them. While this approach is a bit verbose, it has the advantage of being relatively simple, and can easily be updated for new versions of PostgreSQL. Since the integration tests generate pg_control files for testing, teach Perl how to generate files with the correct offsets for both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
2018-09-25 11:24:42 +02:00
test/src/module/storage/posixTest.c:
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
class: test/module
type: c
v2.11: C Implementation of Archive Get Bug Fixes: * Fix possible truncated WAL segments when an error occurs mid-write. (Reported by blogh.) * Fix info command missing WAL min/max when stanza specified. (Fixed by Stefan Fercot.) * Fix non-compliant JSON for options passed from C to Perl. (Reported by Leo Khomenko.) Improvements: * The archive-get command is implemented entirely in C. * Enable socket keep-alive on older Perl versions. (Contributed by Marc Cousin.) * Error when parameters are passed to a command that does not accept parameters. (Suggested by Jason O'Donnell.) * Add hints when unable to find a WAL segment in the archive. (Suggested by Hans-Jürgen Schönig.) * Improve error when hostname cannot be found in a certificate. (Suggested by James Badger.) * Add additional options to backup.manifest for debugging purposes. (Contributed by blogh.)
2019-03-10 18:56:00 +02:00
test/src/module/storage/remoteTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.08: Minor Improvements and Bug Fixes Bug Fixes: * Remove request for S3 object info directly after putting it. (Reported by Matt Kunkel.) * Correct archive-get-queue-max to be size type. (Reported by Ronan Dunklau.) * Add error message when current user uid/gid does not map to a name. (Reported by Camilo Aguilar.) * Error when --target-action=shutdown specified for PostgreSQL < 9.5. Improvements: * Set TCP keepalives on S3 connections. (Suggested by Ronan Dunklau.) * Reorder info command text output so most recent backup is output last. (Contributed by Cynthia Shang. Suggested by Ryan Lambert.) * Change file ownership only when required. * Redact authentication header when throwing S3 errors. (Suggested by Brad Nicholson.)
2019-01-02 22:04:47 +02:00
test/src/module/storage/s3Test.c:
class: test/module
type: c
SFTP support for repository storage.
2023-05-13 18:16:16 +02:00
test/src/module/storage/sftpTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Migrate coverage testing to C and remove dependency on lcov. lcov does not seem to be very well maintained and is often not compatible with the version of gcc it ships with until a few months after a new distro is released. In any case, lcov is that not useful for us because it generates reports on all coverage while we are mainly interested in missing coverage during development. Instead use the JSON output generated by gcov to generate our minimal coverage report and metrics for the documentation. There are some slight differences in the metrics. The difference in the common module was due to a bug in the old code -- build/common was being added into common as well as being reported separately. The source of the two additional branches in the backup module is unknown but almost certainly down to how exclusions are processed with regular expressions. Since there is additional coverage rather than coverage missing this seems fine. Since this was pretty much a rewrite it was also a good time to migrate to C.
2024-05-31 06:52:07 +02:00
test/src/module/test/coverageTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
v2.44: Remove PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2 Support Improvements: * Remove support for PostgreSQL 9.0/9.1/9.2. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Restore errors when no backup matches the current version of PostgreSQL. (Contributed by Stefan Fercot. Reviewed by David Steele. Suggested by Soulou.) * Add compress-level range checking for each compress-type. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by gkleen, ViperRu.) Documentation Improvements: * Add warning about enabling "hierarchical namespace" on Azure storage. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Vojtech Galda, Pluggi, asjonos.) * Add replacement for linefeeds in monitoring example. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot. Suggested by rudonx, gmustdie, Ivan Shelestov.) * Clarify target-action behavior on various PostgreSQL versions. (Contributed by Chris Bandy. Reviewed by David Steele, Anton Kurochkin, Stefan Fercot. Suggested by Anton Kurochkin, Chris Bandy.) * Updates and clarifications to index page. (Reviewed by Stefan Fercot.) * Add dark mode to the website. (Suggested by Stephen Frost.)
2023-01-30 04:15:44 +02:00
test/src/module/test/testTest.c:
class: test/module
type: c
Generate code counts for all source files. The source files are also classified by type and purpose.
2018-04-16 21:52:17 +02:00
test/src/test.c:
class: test/harness
type: c
test/test.pl:
class: test/harness
type: perl
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink